| blob | f78074966fc56bc3571104e69d02f58ad3e2c767 |
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15381 46545))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 Play 5x5.
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
67 ;;;;;; (15634 5014))
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
73 extensions.
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
75 name
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
81 This version was built on Date: 2002/05/21 11:58:02 .
83 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
97 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
103 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
109 If you use imenu.el:
112 If you use find-file.el:
117 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
119 If you use ada-xref.el:
126 ;;;***
127 \f
128 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
129 ;;;;;; (15772 35435))
130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
133 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
137 ;;;***
138 \f
139 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
140 ;;;;;; (15772 35470))
141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
144 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
145 Completion is available.
149 ;;;***
150 \f
151 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
152 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
153 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
154 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15781 48301))
155 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
158 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
162 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
163 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
164 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
165 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
169 Prompt for a change log name.
176 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
177 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
178 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
179 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
181 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
182 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
183 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
185 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
186 current buffer to the complete file name.
187 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
192 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
193 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
194 name and site.
196 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
197 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
199 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
201 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
202 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
203 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
205 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
206 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
207 the same person.
209 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
210 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
211 notices.
213 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
214 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
219 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
220 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
221 the change log file in another window.
227 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
228 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
229 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
230 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
233 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
239 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
243 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
246 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
248 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
249 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
250 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
251 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
252 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
254 Has a preference of looking backwards.
259 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
260 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
261 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
262 or a buffer.
264 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
265 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
270 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
274 ;;;***
275 \f
276 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
277 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15656
278 ;;;;;; 3013))
279 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
282 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
283 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
284 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
285 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
286 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
287 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
288 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
289 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
293 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
294 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
295 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
296 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
297 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
298 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
302 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
303 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
304 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
305 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
306 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
307 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
308 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
309 will be overwritten with the new one.
310 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
311 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
312 will clear the cache.
317 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
318 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
320 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
321 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
322 BODY... )
324 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
325 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
326 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
327 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
328 see also `ad-add-advice'.
329 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
330 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
331 before/around/after-advices will be used.
332 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
333 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
334 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
335 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
336 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
337 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
339 Semantics of the various flags:
340 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
341 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
342 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
344 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
345 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
347 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
348 advised function should be compiled.
350 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
351 during activation until somebody enables it.
353 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
354 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
355 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
356 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
358 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
359 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
360 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
361 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
362 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
363 during preloading.
365 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
369 ;;;***
370 \f
371 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
372 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
373 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (15790 62570))
374 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
377 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
378 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
379 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
380 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
381 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
382 rule's `separate' attribute).
384 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
385 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
386 `separate' attribute set.
388 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
389 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
390 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
391 on the format of these lists.
396 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
397 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
398 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
399 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
400 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
401 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
402 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
403 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
404 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
405 options.
407 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
408 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
410 Fred (123) 456-7890
411 Alice (123) 456-7890
412 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
413 Joe (123) 456-7890
415 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
417 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
422 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
423 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
424 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
425 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
426 align that section.
431 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
432 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
433 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
434 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
435 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
436 been used to align that section.
441 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
442 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
443 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
444 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
445 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
446 to be colored.
451 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
456 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
460 ;;;***
461 \f
462 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
463 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (15757 48918))
464 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
469 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
470 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
471 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
472 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
473 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
478 Not documented
484 ;;;***
485 \f
486 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
487 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15220 9096))
488 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
491 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
492 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
493 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
494 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
495 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
496 in the current window.
501 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
502 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
507 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer.
511 ;;;***
512 \f
513 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
514 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (15582 40062))
515 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
518 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
523 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
525 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
526 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
527 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
528 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
530 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
531 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
533 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
537 ;;;***
538 \f
539 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
540 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15408 52215))
541 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
544 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
545 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
546 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
547 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
550 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
552 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
553 the rules.
555 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
556 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
557 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
558 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
563 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
569 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
570 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
574 ;;;***
575 \f
576 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
577 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
578 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
579 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15708 3234))
580 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
583 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
584 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
606 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
610 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
611 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
616 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
621 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
622 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
623 put in the appointments list.
624 02/23/89
625 12:00pm lunch
626 Wednesday
627 10:00am group meeting
628 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
629 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
630 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
634 ;;;***
635 \f
636 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
637 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (15795
638 ;;;;;; 65296))
639 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
642 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
647 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
648 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
649 normal variables.
656 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
657 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
658 noninteractive functions.
660 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
661 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
666 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
667 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
668 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
669 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
674 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
675 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
676 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
677 Returns list of symbols and values found.
682 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
683 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
684 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
685 bindings.
686 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
690 ;;;***
691 \f
692 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (15820
693 ;;;;;; 22799))
694 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
697 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
698 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
699 Letters no longer insert themselves.
700 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
701 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
703 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
704 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
705 archive.
711 ;;;***
712 \f
713 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15425 19755))
714 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
717 Major mode for editing arrays.
719 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
720 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
721 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
723 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
725 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
726 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
727 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
729 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
730 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
731 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
732 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
733 The variables are:
735 Variables you assign:
736 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
737 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
738 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
739 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
740 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
741 row numbers in the buffer.
743 Variables which are calculated:
744 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
745 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
747 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
748 take a numeric prefix argument):
766 between that of point and mark.
774 newlines inside rows)
778 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
782 ;;;***
783 \f
784 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15793
785 ;;;;;; 40696))
786 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
789 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
790 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
791 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
793 How to quit artist mode
798 How to submit a bug report
803 Drawing with the mouse:
805 mouse-2
806 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
807 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
808 below).
810 mouse-1
811 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
812 or pastes:
814 Operation Not shifted Shifted
815 --------------------------------------------------------------
816 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
817 to new point
818 --------------------------------------------------------------
819 Line Line in any direction Straight line
820 --------------------------------------------------------------
821 Rectangle Rectangle Square
822 --------------------------------------------------------------
823 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
824 --------------------------------------------------------------
825 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
826 --------------------------------------------------------------
827 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
828 --------------------------------------------------------------
829 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
830 --------------------------------------------------------------
831 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
832 --------------------------------------------------------------
833 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
834 lines
835 --------------------------------------------------------------
836 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
837 --------------------------------------------------------------
838 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
839 --------------------------------------------------------------
840 Paste Paste Paste
841 --------------------------------------------------------------
842 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
843 --------------------------------------------------------------
845 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
846 or diagonally.
848 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
849 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
850 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
851 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
852 poly-lines.
854 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
855 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
856 overwrite means the opposite.
858 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
859 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
860 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
862 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
864 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
865 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
867 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
868 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
869 are currently drawing something.
871 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
872 some time to fill.
875 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
876 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
879 Settings
881 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
883 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
885 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
887 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
889 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
890 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
892 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
895 Drawing with keys
898 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
900 When erase characters: toggles erasing
901 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
902 When pasting: Pastes
906 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
916 Arrows
919 of the line/poly-line
922 of the line/poly-line
925 Selecting operation
927 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
951 Variables
953 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
956 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
957 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
958 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
959 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
960 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
961 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
962 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
963 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
964 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
965 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
966 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
967 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
968 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
969 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
970 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
971 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
972 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
973 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
974 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
976 Hooks
978 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
979 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
982 Keymap summary
988 ;;;***
989 \f
990 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14804
991 ;;;;;; 3352))
992 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
995 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
996 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1003 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1006 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1007 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1009 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1011 Special commands:
1016 ;;;***
1017 \f
1018 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1019 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1026 This command is obsolete.
1030 ;;;***
1031 \f
1032 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1033 ;;;;;; (15819 6775))
1034 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1037 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1038 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1039 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1047 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1048 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1050 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1051 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1053 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1055 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1057 For example:
1059 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1069 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1070 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1071 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1079 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1080 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1083 &c to supply digit arguments.
1089 ;;;***
1090 \f
1091 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1092 ;;;;;; (15327 25266))
1093 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1096 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1100 ;;;***
1101 \f
1102 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1103 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15566 51176))
1104 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1107 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1108 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1113 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1114 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1115 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1120 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1121 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1122 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1130 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1131 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1132 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1134 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1135 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1139 ;;;***
1140 \f
1141 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
1142 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1143 ;;;;;; (15830 51678))
1144 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1147 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1148 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1149 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it.
1154 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1155 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work.
1160 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1161 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments.
1165 ;;;***
1166 \f
1167 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1168 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (15538 8758))
1169 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1172 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1176 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1178 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1179 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1180 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1185 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1187 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1188 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1193 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1194 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1195 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1198 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1203 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1205 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1206 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1207 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1211 ;;;***
1212 \f
1213 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1214 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15197 22088))
1215 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1218 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1219 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1220 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1228 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1229 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1230 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1232 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1233 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1234 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1236 Effects of the different modes:
1237 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1238 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1239 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1240 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1241 a random distance & direction.
1242 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1243 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1244 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1246 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1249 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1254 ;;;***
1255 \f
1256 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (15303
1257 ;;;;;; 10362))
1258 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1261 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1262 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1263 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1264 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1268 ;;;***
1269 \f
1270 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1271 ;;;;;; (15817 23837))
1272 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1275 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1277 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1278 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1280 For example:
1282 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1283 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1284 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1285 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1287 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1293 ;;;***
1294 \f
1295 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1296 ;;;;;; (15380 36042))
1297 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1300 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1301 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1302 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1307 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1308 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1309 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1310 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1311 seconds.
1315 ;;;***
1316 \f
1317 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (15793
1318 ;;;;;; 40697))
1319 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1322 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1325 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1326 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1327 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
1328 message.
1331 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1334 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1336 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1339 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1340 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1341 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1342 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1343 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1346 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1347 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1348 BibTeX mode.
1351 Special information:
1355 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1356 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1361 current field.
1362 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1366 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1367 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1368 bibtex-entry-format.
1369 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1370 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1371 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1376 The following may be of interest as well:
1378 Functions:
1379 bibtex-entry
1380 bibtex-kill-entry
1381 bibtex-yank-pop
1382 bibtex-pop-previous
1383 bibtex-pop-next
1384 bibtex-complete-string
1385 bibtex-complete-key
1386 bibtex-print-help-message
1387 bibtex-generate-autokey
1388 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1389 bibtex-end-of-entry
1390 bibtex-reposition-window
1391 bibtex-mark-entry
1392 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1393 bibtex-ispell-entry
1394 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1395 bibtex-sort-buffer
1396 bibtex-validate
1397 bibtex-count
1398 bibtex-fill-entry
1399 bibtex-reformat
1400 bibtex-convert-alien
1402 Variables:
1403 bibtex-field-delimiters
1404 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1405 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1406 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1407 bibtex-entry-format
1408 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1409 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1410 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1411 bibtex-predefined-strings
1412 bibtex-string-files
1414 ---------------------------------------------------------
1415 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1416 non-nil.
1422 ;;;***
1423 \f
1424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15834 36999))
1425 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1427 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1429 ;;;***
1430 \f
1431 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15755
1432 ;;;;;; 27135))
1433 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1436 Play blackbox.
1437 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1439 What is blackbox?
1441 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1442 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1443 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1444 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1445 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1446 your score.
1448 Overview of play:
1451 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1452 four.
1454 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1455 movement keys.
1457 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1458 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1460 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1463 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1465 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1466 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1467 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1468 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1470 Details:
1472 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1474 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1475 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1476 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1477 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1479 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1480 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1481 denoted by the letter `R'.
1483 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1484 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1485 denoted by the letter `H'.
1487 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1488 example.
1490 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1491 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1492 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1493 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1495 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1496 ray.
1498 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1499 degree deflection it causes.
1501 1
1502 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1503 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1504 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1505 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1506 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1507 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1508 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1509 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1510 2 3
1512 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1513 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1516 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1517 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1518 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1519 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1520 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1521 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1522 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1523 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1525 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1526 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1527 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1528 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1529 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1530 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1531 emerging from the box.
1533 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1535 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1536 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1537 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1538 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1539 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1540 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1541 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1542 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1544 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1545 a reflection.
1549 ;;;***
1550 \f
1551 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1552 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1553 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1554 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1555 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1556 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15832 12662))
1557 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1563 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1564 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1565 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1566 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1596 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1597 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1598 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1600 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1601 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1602 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1603 recent one.
1605 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1606 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1607 yank successive words.
1609 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1610 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1611 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1612 name of the file being visited.
1615 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1616 the list of bookmarks.)
1621 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1622 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1623 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1624 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1625 this.
1627 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1628 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1629 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1630 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1635 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1636 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1637 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1638 after a bookmark was set in it.
1643 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1644 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1645 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1652 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1653 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1654 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1656 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1657 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1658 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1660 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1661 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1662 name.
1667 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1668 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1669 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1670 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1671 this.
1676 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1677 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1678 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1680 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1681 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1682 probably because we were called from there.
1687 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1688 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
1693 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1694 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1695 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1696 \(second argument).
1698 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1699 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1700 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1701 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1702 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1704 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1706 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1707 `bookmark-default-file'.
1712 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1713 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1714 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1715 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1716 while loading.
1718 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1719 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1720 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1721 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1722 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1723 explicitly.
1725 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1726 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1728 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
1733 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1734 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1735 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1736 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
1745 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1746 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1747 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1748 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1749 this.
1751 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1752 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1758 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1759 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1760 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1761 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1762 this.
1764 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1765 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1771 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1772 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1774 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1775 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1781 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1782 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1783 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1784 prompts for NEWNAME.
1785 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1786 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1787 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1789 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1790 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1791 name.
1793 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1794 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1800 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1801 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1802 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1804 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1806 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1807 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1818 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1820 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1822 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1824 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1826 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1828 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1830 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1832 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1834 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1836 ;;;***
1837 \f
1838 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1839 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1840 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1841 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1842 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1843 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1844 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1845 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1846 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-new-window-flag browse-url-galeon-program
1847 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-display browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
1848 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (15783 1896))
1849 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1851 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-default-browser)) "\
1852 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1853 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1854 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1856 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1857 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1858 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1859 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1862 (defvar browse-url-browser-display nil "\
1863 *The X display for running the browser, if not same as Emacs'.")
1865 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
1866 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
1868 (defvar browse-url-new-window-flag nil "\
1869 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1871 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1872 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1874 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1875 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1876 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1878 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1879 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1881 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1882 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1883 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1884 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1885 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1886 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
1888 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
1890 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1891 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1892 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1893 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1894 narrowed.
1896 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
1898 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1899 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
1901 \(fn)" t nil)
1903 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1904 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
1906 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
1908 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1909 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1910 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1911 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1913 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
1915 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1916 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1917 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1918 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1920 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1922 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1923 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1924 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1925 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1926 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1927 to use.
1929 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1931 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1932 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1933 Default to the URL around or before point.
1935 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1936 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1937 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1938 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1940 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1941 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1943 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1944 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3.
1946 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
1948 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1949 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1950 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1951 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1953 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1954 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1955 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1956 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1958 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1959 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1961 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1963 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1964 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1965 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1966 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1968 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1969 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1970 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1971 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1973 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1974 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1975 new tab in an existing window instead.
1977 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1978 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1980 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1982 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
1983 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
1984 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1985 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
1987 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1988 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
1989 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1990 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1992 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1993 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1994 new tab in an existing window instead.
1996 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1997 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1999 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2001 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2002 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2003 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2004 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2006 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2007 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2008 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2009 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2011 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2012 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2014 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2016 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2017 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2019 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2020 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2021 program is invoked according to the variable
2022 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2024 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2025 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2026 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2027 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2029 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2030 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2032 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2034 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
2035 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
2036 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
2038 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2039 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2040 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2041 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2043 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2045 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2046 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2047 Default to the URL around or before point.
2049 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2050 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2051 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2053 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2054 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2055 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2056 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2058 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2059 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2061 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2063 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2064 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2065 Default to the URL around or before point.
2067 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2069 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2070 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2071 Default to the URL around or before point.
2073 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2074 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2075 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2077 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2078 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2080 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2082 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2083 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2084 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2085 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2087 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2089 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2090 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2091 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2092 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2093 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2095 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2097 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2098 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2099 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2100 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2102 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2103 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2104 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2105 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2107 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2108 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2110 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2112 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2113 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2114 Default to the URL around or before point.
2116 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2118 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2119 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
2120 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2121 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2122 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2123 current one.
2125 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2126 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2127 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2128 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2130 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2131 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2133 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2135 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2136 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2137 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2138 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2139 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2140 don't offer a form of remote control.
2142 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2144 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2145 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2146 Default to the URL around or before point.
2148 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2150 ;;;***
2151 \f
2152 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15830
2153 ;;;;;; 33418))
2154 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2156 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2157 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2159 \(fn)" t nil)
2161 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2162 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2164 \(fn)" nil nil)
2166 ;;;***
2167 \f
2168 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2169 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15727 20555))
2170 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2172 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2173 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2174 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2175 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2177 \(fn)" t nil)
2179 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2180 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2181 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2182 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2184 \(fn)" t nil)
2186 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2187 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2189 \(fn)" t nil)
2191 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2192 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2194 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2195 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2196 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2201 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2202 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2203 name of buffer configuration.
2205 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2207 ;;;***
2208 \f
2209 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2210 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15412
2211 ;;;;;; 6557))
2212 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2214 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2215 Keymap used by buttons.")
2217 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2218 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2219 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2221 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2222 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2223 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2224 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2225 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2226 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2228 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2229 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2230 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2231 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2233 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2235 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2236 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2237 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2238 specifying properties to add to the button.
2239 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2240 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2241 `define-button-type'.
2243 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2245 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2247 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2248 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2249 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2250 specifying properties to add to the button.
2251 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2252 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2253 `define-button-type'.
2255 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2257 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2259 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2260 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2261 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2262 specifying properties to add to the button.
2263 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2264 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2265 `define-button-type'.
2267 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2268 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2269 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2270 `make-text-button'.
2272 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2274 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2276 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2277 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2278 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2279 specifying properties to add to the button.
2280 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2281 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2282 `define-button-type'.
2284 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2285 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2286 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2287 `insert-text-button'.
2289 Also see `make-text-button'.
2291 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2293 ;;;***
2294 \f
2295 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2296 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2297 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2298 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2299 ;;;;;; (15834 36997))
2300 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2302 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2303 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2304 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2306 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2308 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2309 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2310 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2311 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2313 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2314 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2315 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2316 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2317 whether to compile it.
2319 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2321 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2322 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2324 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2326 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2327 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2328 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2329 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2330 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2332 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2334 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2335 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2336 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2337 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2339 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2341 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2342 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2343 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2345 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2347 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2348 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2349 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2350 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2351 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2352 all functions called by those functions.
2354 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2355 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2356 cons, etc.).
2358 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2359 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2360 invoked interactively.
2362 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2364 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2365 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2366 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2367 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2369 \(fn)" nil nil)
2371 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2372 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2373 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2374 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2375 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2377 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2378 already up-to-date.
2380 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2382 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2383 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2384 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2385 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2387 \(fn)" nil nil)
2389 ;;;***
2390 \f
2391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15186 39912))
2392 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2394 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2396 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2398 ;;;***
2399 \f
2400 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2401 ;;;;;; (15682 60948))
2402 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2404 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2405 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2406 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2407 from the cursor position.
2409 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2411 ;;;***
2412 \f
2413 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2414 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2415 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (15809
2416 ;;;;;; 3074))
2417 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2419 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2420 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2422 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2423 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2425 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2428 If nil, use original installation directory.
2429 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2431 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2432 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2434 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2435 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2437 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2438 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2439 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2441 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2442 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2446 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2449 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2451 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2452 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2454 \(fn)" t nil)
2456 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2457 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2459 \(fn)" t nil)
2461 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2462 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2463 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2464 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2466 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2468 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2470 This is most useful in the X window system.
2472 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2474 \(fn)" t nil)
2476 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2478 See calc-keypad for details.
2480 \(fn)" t nil)
2482 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2483 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2485 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2487 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2488 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2490 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2492 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2493 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2495 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2497 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2498 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2501 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2503 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2504 Not documented
2506 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2508 ;;;***
2509 \f
2510 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2511 ;;;;;; (15767 53768))
2512 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2514 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2515 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc.
2517 \(fn)" nil nil)
2519 ;;;***
2520 \f
2521 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15453
2522 ;;;;;; 16009))
2523 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2525 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2526 Run the Emacs calculator.
2527 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2529 \(fn)" t nil)
2531 ;;;***
2532 \f
2533 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2534 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2535 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2536 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2537 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2538 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2539 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2540 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2541 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2542 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2543 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2544 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2545 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2546 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2547 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2548 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2549 ;;;;;; (15830 39618))
2550 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2552 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2553 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2554 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2556 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2557 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2558 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2559 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2560 the screen.")
2562 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2563 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2564 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2565 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2566 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2568 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2569 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2571 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2572 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2573 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2574 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2576 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2577 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2578 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2579 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2580 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2582 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2583 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2584 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2586 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2587 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2588 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2590 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2591 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2592 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2594 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2595 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2596 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2597 displayed.")
2599 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2600 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2601 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2603 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2604 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2605 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2607 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2609 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2610 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2611 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2613 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2614 calendar.")
2616 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2617 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2618 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2620 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2621 calendar.")
2623 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2624 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2625 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2627 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2628 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2629 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2630 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2631 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2633 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2634 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2635 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2636 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2637 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2638 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2639 a function is also provided for this:
2640 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2642 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2643 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2644 date is not visible in the window.
2646 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2647 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2648 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2650 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2651 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2653 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2654 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2655 date is visible in the window.
2657 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2658 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2659 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2661 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2662 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2664 For example,
2666 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2668 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2670 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2671 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2673 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2675 MONTH/DAY
2676 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2677 MONTHNAME DAY
2678 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2679 DAYNAME
2681 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2682 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2683 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2684 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2685 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2686 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2687 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2688 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2689 respectively.
2691 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2692 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2693 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2695 DAY/MONTH
2696 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2697 DAY MONTHNAME
2698 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2699 DAYNAME
2701 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2702 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2704 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2705 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2706 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2707 window but will appear in a diary window.
2709 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2710 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2712 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2713 entries (in the default American style):
2715 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2716 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2717 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2718 21: Payday
2719 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2720 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2721 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2722 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2723 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2724 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2725 &* 15 time cards due.
2727 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2728 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2729 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2730 single diary entry
2732 02/11/1989
2733 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2734 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2735 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2736 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2737 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2738 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2740 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2741 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2742 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2744 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2746 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2749 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2750 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2751 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2752 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2753 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2754 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2755 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2756 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2758 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2759 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2760 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2761 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2762 for these functions for details.
2764 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2765 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2767 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2768 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2770 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2771 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2773 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2774 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2776 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2777 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2778 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2780 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2781 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2782 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2784 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2785 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2786 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2787 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2789 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2790 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2791 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2792 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2794 DAY/MONTH
2795 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2796 DAY MONTHNAME
2797 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2798 DAYNAME
2800 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2801 characters with or without a period.")
2803 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2804 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2805 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2807 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2808 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2809 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2811 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2812 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2813 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2815 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2816 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2817 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2819 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2820 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2821 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2822 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2823 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2824 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2826 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2827 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2828 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2830 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2831 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2832 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2833 of the form
2837 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2839 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2840 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2841 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2843 For example, you could use
2845 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2846 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2847 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2849 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2850 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2851 lexicographic order.")
2853 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2854 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2855 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2857 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2858 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2859 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2860 diary display.
2862 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2863 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2864 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2865 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2866 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2867 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2868 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2870 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2871 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2872 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2873 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2874 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2875 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2876 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2877 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2879 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2880 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2881 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2882 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2883 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2884 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2886 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2887 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2889 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2890 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2891 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2892 of the form
2894 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2896 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2897 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2898 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2900 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2901 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2902 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2903 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2904 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2905 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2907 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2908 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2909 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2910 are holidays.")
2912 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2913 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2914 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2915 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2916 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2918 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2920 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2921 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2922 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2924 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2926 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2927 *Oriental holidays.
2928 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2930 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2932 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2933 *Local holidays.
2934 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2936 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2938 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2939 *User defined holidays.
2940 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2942 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2944 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2946 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2948 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2950 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2952 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2954 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2956 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2958 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2960 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2961 *Jewish holidays.
2962 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2964 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2966 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2967 *Christian holidays.
2968 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2970 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2972 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2973 *Islamic holidays.
2974 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2976 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2978 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2979 *Sun-related holidays.
2980 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2982 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2984 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2985 The frame set up of the calendar.
2986 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2987 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2988 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2989 any other value the current frame is used.")
2991 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2992 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2993 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
2995 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
2996 See the documentation of that function for more information.
2998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3000 ;;;***
3001 \f
3002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15555 23256))
3003 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
3005 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3006 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3008 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3009 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3011 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3012 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3014 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3015 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3017 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3018 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3020 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3021 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3023 ;;;***
3024 \f
3025 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3026 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3027 ;;;;;; (15611 62476))
3028 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3030 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3031 Not documented
3033 \(fn)" nil nil)
3035 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3036 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3038 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3039 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3040 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
3044 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
3045 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
3046 run first.
3048 Key bindings:
3051 \(fn)" t nil)
3053 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3054 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3056 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3057 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3058 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3059 message.
3063 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
3064 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
3065 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
3067 Key bindings:
3070 \(fn)" t nil)
3072 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3073 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3075 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3076 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3077 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3078 message.
3082 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
3083 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
3084 is run first.
3086 Key bindings:
3089 \(fn)" t nil)
3091 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3092 Major mode for editing Java code.
3094 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3095 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3096 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
3097 message.
3101 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
3102 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
3103 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
3105 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
3107 Key bindings:
3110 \(fn)" t nil)
3112 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3113 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
3115 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3116 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3117 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3118 message.
3122 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
3123 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
3124 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
3126 Key bindings:
3129 \(fn)" t nil)
3131 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3132 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3134 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3135 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3136 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3137 message.
3141 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
3142 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
3143 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
3145 Key bindings:
3148 \(fn)" t nil)
3150 ;;;***
3151 \f
3152 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3153 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15618 38209))
3154 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3156 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3157 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3158 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3159 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3160 for details of setting up styles.
3162 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3163 style name.
3165 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3166 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3167 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3168 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3169 will be reassigned.
3171 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3172 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3173 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3174 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3175 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3176 default).
3178 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3179 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3180 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3181 when used elsewhere.
3183 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3185 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3186 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3187 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
3188 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3190 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3192 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3193 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3194 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3196 \(fn STYLE DESCRIP &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3198 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3199 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3200 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3201 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3202 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3204 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3206 ;;;***
3207 \f
3208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15832 23410))
3209 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3211 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
3212 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
3213 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
3214 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
3215 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
3217 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
3218 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
3220 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
3221 `infodock'.")
3223 ;;;***
3224 \f
3225 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3226 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3227 ;;;;;; (15793 40694))
3228 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3230 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3231 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3233 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3235 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3236 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3238 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3240 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3241 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3243 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3244 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3245 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3246 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3247 execution.
3249 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3251 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3253 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3254 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3256 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3257 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3258 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3259 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3261 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3262 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3263 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3264 `write' commands.
3266 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3267 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3268 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3269 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3271 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3272 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3273 semantics.
3275 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3277 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3279 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3281 STATEMENT :=
3282 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3283 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3285 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3286 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3287 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3288 | integer
3290 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3292 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3293 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3294 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3296 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3297 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3298 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3300 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3301 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3303 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3304 BREAK := (break)
3306 REPEAT :=
3307 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3308 (repeat)
3309 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3310 ;; (repeat))
3311 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3312 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3313 ;; (read REG)
3314 ;; (repeat))
3315 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3316 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3317 ;; (read REG)
3318 ;; (repeat))
3319 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3321 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3322 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3323 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3324 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3325 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3326 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3327 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3328 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3329 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3330 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3331 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3332 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3333 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3334 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3335 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3336 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3338 WRITE :=
3339 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3340 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3341 ;; representation.
3342 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3343 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3344 ;; (write r7))
3345 | (write EXPRESSION)
3346 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3347 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3348 ;; representation.
3349 | (write integer)
3350 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3351 ;; buffer.
3352 | (write string)
3353 ;; Same as: (write string)
3354 | string
3355 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3356 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3357 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3358 ;; representation.
3359 | (write REG ARRAY)
3360 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3361 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3362 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3363 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3364 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3365 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3367 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3368 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3370 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3371 END := (end)
3373 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3374 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3375 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3377 ARG := REG | integer
3379 OPERATOR :=
3380 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3381 + | - | * | / | %
3383 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3384 | & | `|' | ^
3386 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3387 | << | >>
3389 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3390 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3391 | <8
3393 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3394 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3395 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3396 | >8
3398 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3399 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3400 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3401 | //
3403 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3404 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3406 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3407 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3408 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3409 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3410 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3411 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3412 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3413 | de-sjis
3415 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3416 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3417 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3418 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3419 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3420 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3421 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3422 ;; byte of SJIS.
3423 | en-sjis
3425 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3426 ;; Same meaning as C code
3427 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3429 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3430 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3431 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3432 | <8=
3434 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3435 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3436 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3438 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3439 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3440 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3441 | //=
3443 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3446 TRANSLATE :=
3447 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3448 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3449 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3450 LOOKUP :=
3451 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3452 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3453 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-hash-translation-table'.
3454 MAP :=
3455 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3456 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3457 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3458 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3459 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3460 MAP-ID := integer
3462 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3464 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3465 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3466 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3467 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3468 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3469 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3471 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3473 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3474 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3475 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3477 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3479 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3481 ;;;***
3482 \f
3483 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3484 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3485 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3486 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3487 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3488 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3489 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3490 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3491 ;;;;;; (15832 36128))
3492 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3494 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3495 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3496 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3497 the users will view as each check is completed.
3499 \(fn)" t nil)
3501 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3502 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3503 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3504 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3505 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3506 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3507 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3508 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3510 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3512 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3513 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3514 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3515 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3516 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3517 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3518 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3519 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3521 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3523 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3524 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3525 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3526 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3527 spacing are all verified.
3529 \(fn)" t nil)
3531 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3532 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3533 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3534 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3535 otherwise stop after the first error.
3537 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3539 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3540 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3541 Only documentation strings are checked.
3542 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3543 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3544 a separate buffer.
3546 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3548 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3549 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3550 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3551 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3552 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3554 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3556 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3557 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3558 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3559 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3560 if there is one.
3562 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3564 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3565 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3566 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3567 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3568 if there is one.
3569 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3571 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3573 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3574 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3575 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3577 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3579 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3580 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3581 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3582 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3583 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3585 \(fn)" t nil)
3587 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3588 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3589 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3590 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3591 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3592 space at the end of each line.
3594 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3596 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3597 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3598 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3599 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3601 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3603 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3604 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3605 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3606 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3608 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3610 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3611 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3612 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3613 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3615 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3617 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3618 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3619 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3620 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3622 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3624 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3625 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3626 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3627 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3629 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3631 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3632 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3633 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3634 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3636 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3638 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3639 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3640 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3641 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3643 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3645 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3646 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3647 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3648 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3650 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3652 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3653 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3654 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3655 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3657 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3659 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3660 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3661 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3663 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3664 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3665 checking of documentation strings.
3669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3671 ;;;***
3672 \f
3673 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3674 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (15391
3675 ;;;;;; 33361))
3676 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3678 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3679 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3680 Return the length of resulting text.
3682 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3684 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3685 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3687 \(fn)" t nil)
3689 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3690 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3691 Return the length of resulting text.
3693 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3695 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3696 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3698 \(fn)" t nil)
3700 ;;;***
3701 \f
3702 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3703 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (15568 53658))
3704 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3706 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3707 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3708 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3709 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3710 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3711 editing and the result is evaluated.
3713 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3715 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3716 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3717 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3718 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3719 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3721 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3723 \(fn)" t nil)
3725 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3726 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3727 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3728 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3729 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3731 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3732 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3735 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3736 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3738 \(fn)" t nil)
3740 ;;;***
3741 \f
3742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15834 36997))
3743 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3745 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3746 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3747 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3748 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3749 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3750 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3752 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3753 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3755 ;;;***
3756 \f
3757 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3758 ;;;;;; (15737 41111))
3759 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3761 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
3762 Not documented
3764 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3766 ;;;***
3767 \f
3768 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3769 ;;;;;; (15250 27620))
3770 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3772 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3773 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3774 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3775 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3777 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3778 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3779 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3781 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3782 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3784 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3786 ;;;***
3787 \f
3788 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15394
3789 ;;;;;; 11979))
3790 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3792 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3793 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3794 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3795 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3796 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3797 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3800 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3801 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3803 ;;;***
3804 \f
3805 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3806 ;;;;;; (15809 3074))
3807 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3809 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3810 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3811 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3812 the charactert set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3813 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3814 ?* is used.
3816 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
3818 ;;;***
3819 \f
3820 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3821 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3822 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15830 33418))
3823 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3825 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3826 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3827 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3828 ASCII table.
3830 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3831 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3832 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3833 decoder and encoder created by this function.
3835 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
3837 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3838 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3839 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3841 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3843 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3844 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3845 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3847 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3849 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3850 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3851 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3853 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3855 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3856 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3858 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3859 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3860 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3862 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3863 is a vector, and has a charset property.
3865 \(fn)" nil nil)
3867 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3868 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3870 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3871 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3872 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
3874 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
3876 ;;;***
3877 \f
3878 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3879 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3880 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3881 ;;;;;; (15742 8586))
3882 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3884 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3885 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3886 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3887 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3888 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3889 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3890 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3891 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3893 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3895 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3897 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3898 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3899 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3900 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3901 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3902 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3903 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3904 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3906 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3908 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3910 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3911 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3912 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3913 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3914 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3915 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3917 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3919 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3920 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3921 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3923 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3925 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3927 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3928 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3929 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3931 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3933 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3935 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3936 Send COMMAND to current process.
3937 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3938 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3940 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3942 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3943 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3944 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3945 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3947 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3949 ;;;***
3950 \f
3951 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15668
3952 ;;;;;; 8345))
3953 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3955 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3956 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3957 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3958 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3960 This command pushes the mark in each window
3961 at the prior location of point in that window.
3962 If both windows display the same buffer,
3963 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3964 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3966 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3967 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3968 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored.
3970 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
3972 ;;;***
3973 \f
3974 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3975 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-tree grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3976 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3977 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15832 36128))
3978 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3980 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3981 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3983 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3984 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3986 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3987 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3988 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3989 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3990 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3992 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3993 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3994 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3995 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3998 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3999 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4000 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4001 describing how the process finished.")
4003 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4004 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4005 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4006 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4008 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4010 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4012 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4013 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4014 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4015 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4017 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4018 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4019 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4020 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4023 and move to the source code that caused it.
4025 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4026 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4028 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
4030 Then start the next one.
4032 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4033 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4034 to a function that generates a unique name.
4036 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
4038 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
4039 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
4041 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
4042 where grep found matches.
4044 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
4045 easily repeat a grep command.
4047 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
4048 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
4049 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
4050 if that history list is empty).
4052 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4054 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
4055 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
4056 Collect output in a buffer.
4058 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4060 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4061 easily repeat a find command.
4063 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4065 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "compile" "\
4066 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
4067 Collect output in a buffer.
4068 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
4069 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
4070 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
4071 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
4072 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
4075 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4077 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4078 easily repeat a find command.
4080 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
4081 those sub directories of DIR.
4083 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
4085 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4086 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4091 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see).
4093 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4095 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4096 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4097 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4098 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4099 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4100 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4101 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4103 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4105 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4106 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4107 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4108 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4109 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4110 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4112 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4114 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
4115 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
4117 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
4118 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
4120 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
4121 negative means move back to previous error messages.
4123 and start at the first error.
4126 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
4128 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
4129 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
4133 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
4134 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
4136 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
4137 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas.
4139 \(fn &optional ARGP)" t nil)
4140 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
4142 ;;;***
4143 \f
4144 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4145 ;;;;;; (15820 22799))
4146 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4148 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4149 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4150 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4151 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4154 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4156 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
4158 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4159 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4160 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4162 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4163 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4164 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4165 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4167 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4168 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4170 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4172 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4175 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4179 ;;;***
4180 \f
4181 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4182 ;;;;;; (15706 63461))
4183 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4185 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4186 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4188 \(fn)" t nil)
4190 ;;;***
4191 \f
4192 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4193 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4194 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
4195 ;;;;;; (15713 36500))
4196 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4198 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4199 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4200 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4201 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4202 `make-composition'.
4204 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4206 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4207 | | 1:tc or top-center
4208 | | 2:tr or top-right
4209 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4210 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4211 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4212 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4213 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4214 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4216 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4217 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4218 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4219 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4220 be added.
4222 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4223 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4224 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4226 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4227 | | |
4228 | global| |
4229 | glyph | |
4230 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4231 +----+--*--+
4232 | | new |
4233 | |glyph|
4234 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4235 ")
4237 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4238 Compose characters in the current region.
4240 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4241 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4243 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4245 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4246 specifying the region.
4248 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4249 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4250 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4252 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4253 of the text in the region.
4255 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4257 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4258 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4259 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4260 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4262 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4263 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4264 detail.
4266 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4267 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4268 text in the composition.
4270 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4272 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4273 Decompose text in the current region.
4275 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4276 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4278 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4280 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4281 Compose characters in string STRING.
4283 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4284 the characters in it.
4286 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4287 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
4288 STRING respectively.
4290 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4291 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4292 `compose-region' for more detail.
4294 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4295 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4296 text in the composition.
4298 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4300 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4301 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4303 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4305 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4306 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4307 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4308 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4309 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4310 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4311 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4312 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4314 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4316 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4317 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4319 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4320 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4322 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4323 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4325 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4326 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4328 If no composition is found, return nil.
4330 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4331 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4333 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4334 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4335 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4337 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4339 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4341 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4342 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4343 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4345 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4347 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4349 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4351 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4352 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4354 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4355 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4356 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4357 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4358 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4359 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4360 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4361 nil.
4363 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4364 is:
4365 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4366 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4368 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4370 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4371 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4373 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4375 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4377 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4378 Compose last characters.
4379 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4380 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4381 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4382 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4383 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4384 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4385 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4386 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4387 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4388 after a sequence character events.
4390 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4391 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4393 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4394 Convert CHAR to string.
4396 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4397 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
4398 vector of CHAR respectively.
4400 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4402 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4404 ;;;***
4405 \f
4406 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4407 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15365 62270))
4408 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4410 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4411 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4412 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4413 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4415 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4417 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
4418 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4419 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4420 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4422 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4424 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
4425 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4426 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4427 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4429 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4431 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
4432 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4434 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4436 ;;;***
4437 \f
4438 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
4439 ;;;;;; (15458 48079))
4440 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4442 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
4443 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4444 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4445 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4446 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4447 following the copyright are updated as well.
4449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4451 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
4452 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
4454 ;;;***
4455 \f
4456 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
4457 ;;;;;; (15740 63662))
4458 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4460 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
4461 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4462 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4463 Tab indents for Perl code.
4464 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4465 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4467 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4468 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4469 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4473 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4474 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4475 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4476 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4477 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4480 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4482 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4483 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4485 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4487 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4488 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4489 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4491 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4492 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4495 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4499 bite if angry;
4501 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4502 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4503 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4504 to nil.)
4507 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4508 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4510 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4512 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4513 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4514 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4516 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4520 if (A) { B }
4522 into
4524 B if A;
4528 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4529 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4530 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4531 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4532 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4533 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4534 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4535 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4536 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4537 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4538 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4539 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4542 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4544 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4545 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4546 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4547 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4549 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4551 man via menu.
4553 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4554 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4555 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4556 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4560 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4561 span the needed amount of lines.
4563 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4564 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
4565 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4566 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4568 Variables controlling indentation style:
4569 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4570 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4571 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4572 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4573 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4574 `cperl-auto-newline'
4575 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4576 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4578 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4579 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4580 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4581 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4582 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4583 `cperl-indent-level'
4584 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4585 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4586 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4587 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4588 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4589 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4590 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4591 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4592 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4593 `cperl-brace-offset'
4594 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4595 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4596 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4597 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4598 `cperl-label-offset'
4599 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4600 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4601 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4603 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4604 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4605 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4606 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4607 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4609 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4612 \(both available from menu).
4614 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4615 column 0 is indented on
4616 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4618 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4619 with no args.
4621 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4622 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4623 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4625 \(fn)" t nil)
4627 ;;;***
4628 \f
4629 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4630 ;;;;;; (15593 17690))
4631 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4633 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4634 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4635 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4636 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4637 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4639 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4641 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4642 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4644 \(fn)" t nil)
4646 ;;;***
4647 \f
4648 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4649 ;;;;;; (14632 7633))
4650 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4652 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4653 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4654 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4655 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4657 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4658 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4660 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4662 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
4664 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4665 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4666 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4670 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4672 ;;;***
4673 \f
4674 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4675 ;;;;;; (15366 56663))
4676 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4678 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4679 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4680 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4681 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4683 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4684 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4685 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4686 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4688 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4689 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4690 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4692 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4693 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4694 'bob', and 'eve'.
4696 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4697 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4698 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4700 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4702 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4703 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4704 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4706 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4708 ;;;***
4709 \f
4710 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4711 ;;;;;; (15776 44111))
4712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4714 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4715 Non-nil means that CUA emulation mode is enabled.
4716 In CUA mode, shifted movement keys highlight and extend the region.
4717 When a region is highlighted, the binding of the C-x and C-c keys are
4718 temporarily changed to work as Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste.
4719 Also, insertion commands first delete the region and then insert.
4720 This mode enables Transient Mark mode and it provides a superset of the
4721 PC Selection Mode and Delete Selection Modes.
4723 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4726 (custom-add-to-group (quote cua) (quote cua-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4728 (custom-add-load (quote cua-mode) (quote cua-base))
4730 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4731 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4732 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4733 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4734 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4735 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings).
4737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4739 ;;;***
4740 \f
4741 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4742 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4743 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4744 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4745 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
4746 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
4747 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize-mode
4748 ;;;;;; customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4749 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (15823 52298))
4750 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4753 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4754 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4756 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4757 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4759 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4760 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4762 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4764 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4766 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4767 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4768 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4770 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4771 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4773 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4774 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4776 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4777 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4779 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4780 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4782 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4784 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4786 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4787 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4788 Return VALUE.
4790 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4791 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4793 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4794 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4796 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4797 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4799 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4800 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4802 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4804 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4806 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4807 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4809 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4810 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4812 \(fn)" t nil)
4814 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
4815 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4816 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4817 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4819 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4821 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4822 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4824 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
4826 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4827 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4829 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
4831 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4833 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4834 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4836 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4838 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4839 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4840 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4841 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4842 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4844 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4845 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4846 version.
4848 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4850 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4852 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4853 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4854 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4856 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4858 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4859 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4860 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.
4862 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4863 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
4865 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4867 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4868 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.
4870 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4871 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
4873 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4875 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4876 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
4878 \(fn)" t nil)
4880 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4881 Customize all already saved user options.
4883 \(fn)" t nil)
4885 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4886 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4887 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4888 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4889 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4890 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4891 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
4893 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
4895 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4896 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4897 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
4899 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
4901 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4902 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
4904 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
4906 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4907 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
4909 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
4911 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4912 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4913 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4914 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4915 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4916 that option.
4918 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
4920 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4921 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4922 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4923 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4924 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4925 that option.
4927 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
4929 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4930 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
4932 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4934 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4935 File used for storing customization information.
4936 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4937 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4938 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4940 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4941 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4942 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4943 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4945 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4946 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
4948 \(fn)" t nil)
4950 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4951 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
4953 \(fn)" nil nil)
4955 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4956 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4957 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
4959 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
4961 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4962 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4963 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4964 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4965 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
4967 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
4969 ;;;***
4970 \f
4971 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
4972 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (15540 20497))
4973 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4975 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4976 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
4978 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4980 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4981 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4982 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4984 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4986 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
4987 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4988 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4990 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
4992 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4994 ;;;***
4995 \f
4996 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4997 ;;;;;; (15415 19689))
4998 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5000 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5001 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
5003 ;;;***
5004 \f
5005 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5006 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15538 7545))
5007 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5009 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5010 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5012 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5013 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5014 C++ modes are included.
5016 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5020 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5021 Turn on CWarn mode.
5023 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5024 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5026 \(fn)" nil nil)
5028 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5029 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5030 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5031 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5034 (custom-add-to-group (quote cwarn) (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5036 (custom-add-load (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote cwarn))
5038 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5039 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5040 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5041 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5042 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5046 ;;;***
5047 \f
5048 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5049 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5050 ;;;;;; (15679 10480))
5051 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5053 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5054 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5056 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5058 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5059 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5061 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5063 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5064 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5065 For readability, the table is slightly
5066 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5068 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5069 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5070 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5071 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5072 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5074 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5076 ;;;***
5077 \f
5078 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5079 ;;;;;; (15670 55281))
5080 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5082 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
5084 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
5086 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5087 Completion on current word.
5089 and presents suggestions for completion.
5091 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5092 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5093 completions.
5095 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5096 then it searches *all* buffers.
5098 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5099 if there is a suitable one already.
5101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5103 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5106 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5107 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5108 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5109 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5110 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5112 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5113 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5115 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5116 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5117 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5119 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5120 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5124 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5126 ;;;***
5127 \f
5128 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15727
5129 ;;;;;; 20702))
5130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5132 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5133 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5135 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5136 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5137 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5139 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5140 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5141 Data lines are not indented.
5143 Key bindings:
5146 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5153 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5155 dcl-basic-offset
5156 Extra indentation within blocks.
5158 dcl-continuation-offset
5159 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5161 dcl-margin-offset
5162 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5164 dcl-margin-label-offset
5165 Indentation for a label.
5167 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5168 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5170 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5171 dcl-block-end-regexp
5172 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5173 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5174 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5175 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5176 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5178 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5179 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5180 Two such functions are included in the package:
5181 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5182 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5184 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5185 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5186 One such function is included in the package:
5187 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5189 dcl-tab-always-indent
5190 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5191 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5192 margin.
5194 dcl-electric-characters
5195 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5196 typed.
5198 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5199 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5200 which words trigger electric indentation.
5202 dcl-tempo-comma
5203 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5204 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5205 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5207 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5208 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5209 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5210 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5212 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5213 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5214 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5215 dcl-imenu-label-call
5216 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5218 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5219 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5220 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5221 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5224 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5226 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5227 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5228 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5229 $ i = 1
5230 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5231 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5232 $ label:
5233 $ if i.eq.1
5234 $ then
5235 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5236 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5237 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5238 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5241 $ type sys$input
5242 Data lines are not indented at all.
5243 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5244 $ endif
5245 $
5247 \(fn)" t nil)
5249 ;;;***
5250 \f
5251 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5252 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (15684 41935))
5253 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5255 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5257 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5259 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5260 of the evaluator.
5262 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5263 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5264 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5266 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5268 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5269 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5270 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
5271 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
5272 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
5274 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5276 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5278 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5280 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions.
5282 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5284 ;;;***
5285 \f
5286 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5287 ;;;;;; (15394 11149))
5288 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5290 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
5291 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5293 \(fn)" t nil)
5295 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
5296 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5297 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5298 Upper-case letters are commands.
5300 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5301 modify it.
5303 The most useful commands are:
5307 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5311 \(fn)" t nil)
5313 ;;;***
5314 \f
5315 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5316 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15303
5317 ;;;;;; 63268))
5318 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5320 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
5321 Customization of `columns' group.
5323 \(fn)" t nil)
5325 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
5326 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5328 START and END delimits the text region.
5330 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5332 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
5333 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5335 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5337 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5339 ;;;***
5340 \f
5341 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (15372
5342 ;;;;;; 9207))
5343 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5345 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
5352 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5354 Customization:
5356 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5357 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5358 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5359 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5360 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5361 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5362 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5363 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5364 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5365 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5366 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5367 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5368 blank line.
5369 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5370 Directories to search when finding external units.
5371 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5372 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5374 Coloring:
5376 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5377 Face used to color delphi comments.
5378 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5379 Face used to color delphi strings.
5380 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5381 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5382 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5383 Face used to color everything else.
5385 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5386 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5388 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5390 ;;;***
5391 \f
5392 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (15352
5393 ;;;;;; 42199))
5394 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5396 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
5398 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5399 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5400 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5401 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5404 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5406 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
5408 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
5409 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5410 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
5411 positive.
5413 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5414 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5415 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5416 any selection.
5418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5420 ;;;***
5421 \f
5422 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5423 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (15746 4145))
5424 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
5426 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
5427 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5429 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5431 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5432 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5433 or nil if there is no parent.
5435 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5436 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5437 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5438 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5440 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5441 arguments are currently understood:
5442 :group GROUP
5443 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5444 :syntax-table TABLE
5445 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5446 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5447 :abbrev-table TABLE
5448 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5449 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5451 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5455 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5456 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5457 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5459 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5460 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5464 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5466 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5467 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5469 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5471 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
5472 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
5473 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5474 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5475 the first time the mode is used.
5477 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5479 ;;;***
5480 \f
5481 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5482 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (15760 54525))
5483 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5485 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
5486 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5487 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5488 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5489 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5490 otherwise.
5492 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5494 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
5495 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5496 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5497 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5498 character composition information (if relevant),
5499 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5501 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5503 ;;;***
5504 \f
5505 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
5506 ;;;;;; (15815 8090))
5507 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5509 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
5510 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
5511 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5513 \(fn)" t nil)
5515 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
5516 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5517 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
5518 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files.
5520 \(fn)" nil nil)
5522 ;;;***
5523 \f
5524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (15656
5525 ;;;;;; 43924))
5526 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
5530 ;;;***
5531 \f
5532 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5533 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (15833 16924))
5534 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5536 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
5537 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5538 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5539 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
5540 execution in a `.emacs' file.
5542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5544 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
5545 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5546 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5548 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
5549 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
5550 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
5551 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
5553 #!/bin/sh
5554 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
5559 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
5560 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
5562 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
5563 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
5564 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
5565 to run it every morning at 1am.
5567 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5569 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
5570 Major mode for editing the diary file." t nil)
5572 ;;;***
5573 \f
5574 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5575 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15739 64695))
5576 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5578 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5579 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
5581 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5582 *The command to use to run diff.")
5584 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
5585 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5586 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
5587 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
5588 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5589 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5591 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5593 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
5594 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5595 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5596 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5597 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5599 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5601 ;;;***
5602 \f
5603 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5604 ;;;;;; (15752 27875))
5605 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5607 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5608 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5609 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5610 normal diffs.
5611 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5612 IF you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5613 headers for you on-the-fly.
5619 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5620 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5625 ;;;***
5626 \f
5627 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5628 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5629 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5630 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5631 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15789 58821))
5632 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5634 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5635 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5636 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5637 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5638 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5639 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5640 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5641 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
5643 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
5644 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
5646 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
5647 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
5648 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
5649 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
5650 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
5652 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
5653 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
5655 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
5656 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
5657 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
5658 always set this variable to t.")
5661 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
5662 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
5663 A value of t means move to first file.")
5665 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
5666 *Controls marking of renamed files.
5667 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
5668 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
5669 are afterward marked with that character.")
5671 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
5672 *Controls marking of copied files.
5673 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
5674 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5676 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
5677 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
5678 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5679 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5681 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
5682 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
5683 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5684 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5686 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
5687 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
5688 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
5689 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
5691 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
5693 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
5694 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
5695 \(This works on only some systems.)")
5696 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
5698 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
5700 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
5701 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
5702 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
5703 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
5704 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
5705 list of files to make directory entries for.
5711 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
5713 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5714 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5716 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5719 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5720 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5722 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
5725 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5727 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
5728 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
5730 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5731 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
5733 ;;;***
5734 \f
5735 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
5736 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
5737 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
5738 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
5739 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
5740 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5741 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5742 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5743 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5744 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5745 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5746 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
5747 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15823 52298))
5748 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
5750 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5751 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
5752 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
5754 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
5755 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
5756 which is options for `diff'.
5758 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5760 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5761 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5762 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5763 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5764 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5765 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
5767 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5769 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
5770 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5771 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
5773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5775 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
5776 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5780 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
5781 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5785 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
5786 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
5787 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
5788 `lpr-switches' as default.
5790 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5792 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
5793 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
5794 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
5796 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
5798 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
5799 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
5801 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
5802 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5803 file name substituted for `?'.
5805 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5806 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
5808 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
5809 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
5810 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
5813 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
5815 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
5816 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
5819 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
5820 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
5821 in a subdir.
5823 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
5824 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
5826 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
5828 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
5829 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
5830 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
5831 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
5832 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
5833 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
5835 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
5837 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
5838 Not documented
5840 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
5842 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
5843 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
5845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5847 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
5848 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
5850 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5852 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
5853 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
5855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5857 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
5858 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
5859 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
5860 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
5862 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
5864 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
5865 Not documented
5867 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
5869 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
5870 Not documented
5872 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
5874 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
5875 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
5877 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
5879 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
5880 Not documented
5882 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
5884 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
5885 Not documented
5887 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
5889 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
5890 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
5892 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
5894 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
5895 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
5896 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
5897 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5898 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
5899 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
5900 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5901 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5902 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
5904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5906 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
5907 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5908 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5909 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5910 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
5911 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5912 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5913 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
5915 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5917 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
5918 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5919 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5920 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5921 and new hard links are made in that directory
5922 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5923 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5924 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
5926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5928 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
5929 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5930 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
5931 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
5932 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
5933 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
5934 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
5936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5938 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5939 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5941 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
5942 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
5943 file if none are marked.
5945 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
5948 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
5950 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
5951 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
5953 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-PATH)" t nil)
5955 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5956 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5957 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
5959 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-PATH)" t nil)
5961 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5962 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5963 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
5965 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-PATH)" t nil)
5967 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5968 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5969 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
5971 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-PATH)" t nil)
5973 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
5974 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
5976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5978 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
5979 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
5981 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5983 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5984 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5986 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5987 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
5988 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5989 this subdirectory.
5990 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
5992 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
5994 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5995 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5996 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5997 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5998 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
5999 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6000 this subdirectory.
6001 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6003 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6005 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6006 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6007 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6009 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6011 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6012 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6013 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6016 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6018 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
6019 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6020 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6021 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6023 \(fn)" t nil)
6025 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6026 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6027 Lower levels are unaffected.
6029 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6031 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
6032 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6034 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6036 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
6037 Go down in the dired tree.
6039 \(fn)" t nil)
6041 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6042 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6043 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6046 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6048 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
6049 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6050 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6053 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6055 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
6056 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6057 Stops when a match is found.
6060 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6062 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6063 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6064 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6068 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6070 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
6071 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6072 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6073 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6075 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6077 ;;;***
6078 \f
6079 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15415 19784))
6080 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6082 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
6083 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6084 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6085 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6086 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6087 buffer and try again.
6089 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6091 ;;;***
6092 \f
6093 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14977 56454))
6094 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6096 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
6097 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6098 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6100 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
6102 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6103 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
6105 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
6106 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
6108 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6110 ;;;***
6111 \f
6112 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
6113 ;;;;;; 9615))
6114 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6116 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
6117 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6118 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6119 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6120 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6121 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6123 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6125 ;;;***
6126 \f
6127 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
6128 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
6129 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
6130 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
6131 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15369 56725))
6132 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6134 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6135 Return a new, empty display table.
6137 \(fn)" nil nil)
6139 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6140 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6141 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6142 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6143 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6145 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6147 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6148 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6149 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6150 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6151 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6153 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6155 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6156 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6158 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6160 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6161 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6163 \(fn)" t nil)
6165 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
6166 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6168 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6170 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
6171 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6173 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6175 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
6176 Display character C using printable string S.
6178 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6180 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
6181 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6182 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6183 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6185 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6187 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
6188 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6189 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6190 X frame.
6192 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6194 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
6195 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6197 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6199 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
6200 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6202 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6204 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
6205 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6207 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6208 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6209 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6210 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6212 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6213 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6214 European character display.
6216 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6217 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6218 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6219 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6221 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6222 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6223 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6224 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6225 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6227 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6229 ;;;***
6230 \f
6231 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6232 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
6233 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6235 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
6236 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6237 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6238 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6239 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6240 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6241 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6242 Default is 2.
6244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6246 ;;;***
6247 \f
6248 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15759 15266))
6249 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6251 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
6252 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6254 \(fn)" t nil)
6256 ;;;***
6257 \f
6258 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
6259 ;;;;;; (15736 21861))
6260 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6262 (defvar double-mode nil "\
6263 Toggle Double mode.
6264 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6267 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
6269 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
6271 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
6272 Toggle Double mode.
6273 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
6275 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6276 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6278 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6280 ;;;***
6281 \f
6282 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15786 21057))
6283 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6285 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
6286 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6288 \(fn)" t nil)
6290 ;;;***
6291 \f
6292 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6293 ;;;;;; (15232 59206))
6294 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6296 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
6297 Play sounds in message buffers.
6299 \(fn)" t nil)
6301 ;;;***
6302 \f
6303 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6304 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6305 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (15817 29181))
6306 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6308 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
6310 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6311 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6312 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6313 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
6315 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6316 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6317 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6318 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6319 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6320 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6321 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6322 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6323 used (see below).
6325 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
6326 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
6327 Before the actual body code, you can write
6328 keyword arguments (alternating keywords and values).
6329 These following keyword arguments are supported:
6330 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6331 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6332 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6333 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6334 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6335 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6336 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6338 For example, you could write
6341 :require 'foo :global t :group 'inconvenience
6342 ...BODY CODE...)
6344 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6346 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6347 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
6348 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6349 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6350 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
6351 :group to specify the custom group.
6353 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6355 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
6356 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6357 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6358 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6359 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6360 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6361 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6363 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6365 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
6366 Not documented
6368 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6370 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
6371 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6372 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6374 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6376 ;;;***
6377 \f
6378 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6379 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (15753
6380 ;;;;;; 23736))
6381 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6383 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
6385 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
6386 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6387 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
6388 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
6390 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6391 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6393 :filter FUNCTION
6395 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
6396 menu displayed.
6398 :visible INCLUDE
6400 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6401 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
6403 :active ENABLE
6405 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6406 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6408 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6410 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6412 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6414 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6415 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6417 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6418 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6420 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6422 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6424 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6426 :keys KEYS
6428 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6429 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6430 computed automatically.
6431 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6433 :key-sequence KEYS
6435 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6436 menu item.
6437 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6438 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6439 keyboard equivalent.
6441 :active ENABLE
6443 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6444 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6446 :included INCLUDE
6448 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6449 expression has a non-nil value.
6451 :suffix FORM
6453 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6454 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
6456 :style STYLE
6458 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6459 defined:
6461 toggle: A checkbox.
6462 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6463 radio: A radio button.
6464 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6465 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6466 menu bar itself.
6467 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6469 :selected SELECTED
6471 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6472 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6474 :help HELP
6476 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6478 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6479 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6480 as a solid horizontal line.
6482 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6484 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6486 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
6487 Not documented
6489 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6491 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
6492 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6493 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6494 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6496 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6498 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
6499 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6500 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6501 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6502 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6503 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6505 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6506 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6507 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6509 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
6510 to implement dynamic menus.
6512 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
6514 ;;;***
6515 \f
6516 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6517 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
6518 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6519 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6520 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15279 28735))
6521 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6523 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
6524 Customization for ebnf group.
6526 \(fn)" t nil)
6528 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6529 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
6531 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6532 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6533 it to the printer.
6535 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6536 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6537 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6538 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6540 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6542 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6543 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
6544 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6546 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6548 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6549 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
6550 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6551 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6553 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6555 \(fn)" t nil)
6557 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6558 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6559 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6561 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6563 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6565 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6566 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
6568 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6569 The EPS file name has the following form:
6571 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6573 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6576 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6577 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6581 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6583 \(fn)" t nil)
6585 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6586 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
6588 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6589 The EPS file name has the following form:
6591 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6593 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6596 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6597 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6601 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6603 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6605 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
6607 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6608 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer.
6610 \(fn)" t nil)
6612 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6613 Does a syntatic analysis of a region.
6615 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6617 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
6618 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6620 \(fn)" nil nil)
6622 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6623 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6625 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6627 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6628 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6630 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6632 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6633 Set STYLE to current style.
6635 It returns the old style symbol.
6637 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
6639 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6640 Reset current style.
6642 It returns the old style symbol.
6644 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6646 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6647 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
6649 It returns the old style symbol.
6651 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6653 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6654 Pop a style and set it to current style.
6656 It returns the old style symbol.
6658 \(fn)" t nil)
6660 ;;;***
6661 \f
6662 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
6663 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
6664 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
6665 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
6666 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
6667 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15790 62575))
6668 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
6670 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
6671 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
6672 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
6673 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
6674 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
6677 Tree mode key bindings:
6680 \(fn)" t nil)
6682 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6683 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
6685 \(fn)" t nil)
6687 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
6688 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
6689 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
6690 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
6691 completion.
6693 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
6695 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
6696 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
6697 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
6698 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
6700 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
6702 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
6703 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
6704 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
6706 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6708 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
6709 Search for call sites of a member.
6710 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
6711 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
6712 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
6713 looks like a function call to the member.
6715 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
6717 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6718 Move backward in the position stack.
6719 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6721 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6723 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6724 Move forward in the position stack.
6725 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6727 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6729 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
6730 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
6732 \(fn)" t nil)
6734 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6735 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
6737 \(fn)" t nil)
6739 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
6740 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
6741 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
6742 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
6744 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
6746 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
6747 Display statistics for a class tree.
6749 \(fn)" t nil)
6751 ;;;***
6752 \f
6753 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
6754 ;;;;;; (15345 22660))
6755 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
6757 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
6758 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
6759 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
6760 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
6762 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
6763 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
6764 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
6766 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
6767 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
6768 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
6770 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
6774 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6776 ;;;***
6777 \f
6778 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
6779 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15185 49574))
6780 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
6782 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
6783 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
6784 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
6786 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
6788 ;;;***
6789 \f
6790 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
6791 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (15764 55593))
6792 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
6794 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
6795 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
6796 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
6797 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
6798 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
6800 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
6801 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
6802 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
6803 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
6805 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
6806 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
6807 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
6808 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
6810 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
6811 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
6812 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
6813 \(naming a function), or a list.
6815 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
6817 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
6819 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
6820 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
6821 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
6822 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
6823 using `eval-expression' (which see).
6825 If you do this on a function definition
6826 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
6827 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
6828 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
6829 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
6831 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
6832 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
6833 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
6834 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
6835 already is one.)
6837 \(fn)" t nil)
6839 ;;;***
6840 \f
6841 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
6842 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
6843 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
6844 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
6845 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
6846 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
6847 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
6848 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
6849 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
6850 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15832 9160))
6851 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
6853 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
6854 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
6856 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
6858 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
6859 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
6861 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
6863 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
6865 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
6867 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
6868 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
6869 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6870 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
6872 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
6874 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
6875 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
6877 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
6879 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
6881 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
6882 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
6884 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
6886 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
6888 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
6889 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
6890 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
6891 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
6893 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
6895 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
6897 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
6898 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
6899 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6900 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
6902 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
6904 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
6906 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
6907 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
6908 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
6909 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
6911 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
6913 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
6915 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
6916 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
6917 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
6918 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
6920 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
6922 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
6924 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6925 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
6926 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
6927 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
6928 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
6929 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
6931 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
6933 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
6934 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
6935 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6936 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
6938 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
6940 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
6942 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6943 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
6944 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6945 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
6947 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
6949 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
6951 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
6953 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
6954 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
6955 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
6956 follows:
6957 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
6958 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
6960 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
6962 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
6963 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
6964 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
6965 follows:
6966 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
6967 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
6969 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
6971 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
6972 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
6973 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
6974 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
6975 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
6976 region.
6977 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
6978 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
6980 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
6982 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
6983 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
6984 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
6985 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
6986 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
6987 region.
6988 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
6989 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
6990 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
6992 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
6994 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
6996 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
6997 Merge two files without ancestor.
6999 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7001 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7002 Merge two files with ancestor.
7004 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7006 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
7008 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
7009 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7011 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7013 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7014 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7016 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7018 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
7019 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7020 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7021 buffer.
7023 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7025 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7026 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7027 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7028 buffer.
7030 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7032 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
7033 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
7034 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
7035 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
7037 \(fn POS)" t nil)
7039 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
7040 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7041 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7042 and don't ask the user.
7043 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7044 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7046 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7048 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
7049 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
7050 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
7051 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7052 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7053 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7055 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7057 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
7059 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
7061 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
7062 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7063 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7064 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7065 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7067 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7069 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
7071 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
7072 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7073 When called interactively, displays the version.
7075 \(fn)" t nil)
7077 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
7078 Display Ediff's manual.
7079 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7081 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7083 ;;;***
7084 \f
7085 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7086 ;;;;;; (15418 30513))
7087 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7089 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
7090 Not documented
7092 \(fn)" t nil)
7094 ;;;***
7095 \f
7096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (15753 8718))
7097 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
7099 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
7100 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
7102 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
7104 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))))
7106 ;;;***
7107 \f
7108 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7109 ;;;;;; (15832 9159))
7110 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7112 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
7113 Display Ediff's registry.
7115 \(fn)" t nil)
7117 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
7119 ;;;***
7120 \f
7121 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7122 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15783 52151))
7123 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7125 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
7126 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7127 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7128 which see.
7130 \(fn)" t nil)
7132 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
7133 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7134 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7135 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7137 \(fn)" t nil)
7139 ;;;***
7140 \f
7141 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7142 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7143 ;;;;;; (15743 41210))
7144 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7146 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7147 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7150 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7151 Edit a keyboard macro.
7152 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7153 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7154 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7155 its command name.
7156 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7158 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7160 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7161 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7163 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7165 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7166 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7168 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7170 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7171 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7173 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7177 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7178 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7179 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7180 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7182 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7184 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7185 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7186 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7187 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7188 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7189 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7191 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7193 ;;;***
7194 \f
7195 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7196 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15825 48260))
7197 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7199 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
7200 Set scroll margins.
7201 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7202 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7204 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7206 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
7207 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7209 \(fn)" t nil)
7211 ;;;***
7212 \f
7213 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7214 ;;;;;; (15031 23821))
7215 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7217 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
7219 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
7220 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7221 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7222 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7223 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7224 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7226 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7227 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7230 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
7231 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
7232 this value is non-nil.
7234 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7235 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7236 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7238 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7239 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7240 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
7242 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7244 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
7245 Not documented
7247 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7249 ;;;***
7250 \f
7251 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7252 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (15835 12777))
7253 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7255 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
7256 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7258 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7259 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7260 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
7262 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
7263 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
7264 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
7265 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
7266 from the documentation string if possible.
7268 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
7269 instead.
7271 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7275 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7276 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
7278 \(fn)" t nil)
7280 ;;;***
7281 \f
7282 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15818
7283 ;;;;;; 50374))
7284 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7286 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
7287 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7289 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7290 an elided material again.
7292 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7294 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7296 ;;;***
7297 \f
7298 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7299 ;;;;;; (15790 62573))
7300 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7302 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
7303 Initialize elint.
7305 \(fn)" t nil)
7307 ;;;***
7308 \f
7309 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7310 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15402
7311 ;;;;;; 37958))
7312 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7314 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
7315 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7316 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7318 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7320 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
7321 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7322 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7324 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7326 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
7327 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7328 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7332 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7334 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
7335 Display current profiling results.
7336 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7337 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
7338 displayed.
7340 \(fn)" t nil)
7342 ;;;***
7343 \f
7344 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7345 ;;;;;; (15672 29686))
7346 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7348 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
7349 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7350 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7352 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7354 ;;;***
7355 \f
7356 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7357 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7358 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7359 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7360 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15400 23563))
7361 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7363 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
7365 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
7367 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
7369 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
7371 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
7373 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
7375 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
7377 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
7379 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
7381 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
7382 Run Emerge on two files.
7384 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7386 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7387 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7389 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7391 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
7392 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7394 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7396 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7397 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7399 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7401 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
7402 Not documented
7404 \(fn)" nil nil)
7406 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
7407 Not documented
7409 \(fn)" nil nil)
7411 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
7412 Not documented
7414 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7416 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
7417 Not documented
7419 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7421 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
7422 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7424 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7426 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7427 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7429 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7431 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
7432 Not documented
7434 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7436 ;;;***
7437 \f
7438 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
7439 ;;;;;; (15781 78))
7440 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
7442 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
7443 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
7444 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7445 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7448 (custom-add-to-group (quote encoded-kbd) (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7450 (custom-add-load (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote encoded-kb))
7452 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
7453 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
7454 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
7456 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
7458 automatically.
7460 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
7461 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
7464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7466 ;;;***
7467 \f
7468 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7469 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (15535 7606))
7470 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
7472 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
7473 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7474 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7475 text/enriched format.
7476 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7478 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7479 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7481 Commands:
7485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7487 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
7488 Not documented
7490 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7492 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
7493 Not documented
7495 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7497 ;;;***
7498 \f
7499 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15620
7500 ;;;;;; 25657))
7501 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
7503 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
7504 Emacs shell interactive mode.
7508 \(fn)" nil nil)
7510 ;;;***
7511 \f
7512 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15470
7513 ;;;;;; 10698))
7514 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
7516 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
7517 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
7519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7521 ;;;***
7522 \f
7523 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
7524 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15816 17788))
7525 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
7527 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
7528 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
7529 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
7530 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
7531 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
7532 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
7533 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
7534 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
7535 buffer selected (or created).
7537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7539 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
7540 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
7541 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
7543 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
7545 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
7546 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
7547 The result might be any Lisp object.
7548 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
7549 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
7550 corresponding to a successful execution.
7552 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
7554 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
7555 Report a bug in Eshell.
7556 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7557 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
7559 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
7561 ;;;***
7562 \f
7563 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
7564 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
7565 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
7566 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
7567 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
7568 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
7569 ;;;;;; (15828 6179))
7570 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
7572 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
7573 *File name of tags table.
7574 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
7575 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
7576 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7577 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
7579 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
7580 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
7581 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
7582 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
7584 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
7585 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
7587 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
7588 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
7589 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7591 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
7592 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
7593 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
7594 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
7595 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
7596 `auto-compression-mode').")
7598 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
7599 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
7600 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
7601 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
7602 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
7604 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
7609 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
7611 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
7612 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
7613 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
7615 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
7616 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
7617 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
7618 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
7621 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
7623 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
7624 file the tag was in.
7626 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
7628 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
7629 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
7630 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
7631 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
7632 without directory names.
7634 \(fn)" nil nil)
7636 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
7637 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7638 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
7639 but does not select the buffer.
7640 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
7642 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7643 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7644 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7645 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7648 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7650 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7652 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7654 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7656 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7658 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
7659 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7660 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
7661 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
7663 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7664 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7665 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7666 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7669 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7671 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7673 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7675 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7677 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7678 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
7680 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
7681 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7682 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
7683 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
7684 around or before point.
7686 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7687 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7688 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7689 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7692 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7694 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7696 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7698 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7700 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7701 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
7703 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
7704 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7705 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
7706 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
7707 around or before point.
7709 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7710 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7711 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7712 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7715 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7717 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7719 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7721 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7723 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
7724 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
7726 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
7727 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
7728 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
7730 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7731 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7732 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7733 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7736 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
7738 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7740 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7742 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7744 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7745 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
7746 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
7748 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
7752 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
7753 where they were found.
7755 \(fn)" t nil)
7757 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
7758 Select next file among files in current tags table.
7760 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
7761 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
7762 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
7764 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
7765 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
7767 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
7768 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
7770 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
7772 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
7774 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
7775 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
7777 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
7778 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
7779 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
7780 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
7781 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
7783 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
7784 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
7786 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
7787 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
7788 Stops when a match is found.
7791 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7793 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
7795 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
7796 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
7797 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7801 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7803 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
7805 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
7806 Display list of tags in file FILE.
7807 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
7808 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
7809 directory specification.
7811 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
7813 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
7814 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
7816 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7818 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
7819 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
7820 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
7821 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
7823 \(fn)" t nil)
7825 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
7826 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
7827 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
7828 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
7831 \(fn)" t nil)
7833 ;;;***
7834 \f
7835 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
7836 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
7837 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
7838 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
7839 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
7840 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
7841 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
7842 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15706 63953))
7843 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
7845 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
7846 Not documented
7848 \(fn)" nil nil)
7850 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
7851 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
7852 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
7853 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
7855 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
7856 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
7857 language.
7859 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
7860 even if the buffer is read-only.
7862 See also the descriptions of the variables
7863 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
7864 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
7866 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
7868 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
7869 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
7871 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
7872 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
7874 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
7875 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
7876 language.
7878 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
7879 buffer is read-only.
7881 See also the descriptions of the variables
7882 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
7883 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
7885 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
7887 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
7888 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
7889 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
7891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7893 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
7894 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
7897 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
7899 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
7900 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
7902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7904 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
7906 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
7909 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
7911 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
7912 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
7913 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
7914 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
7916 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
7917 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
7918 the primary language.
7920 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
7921 buffer is read-only.
7923 See also the descriptions of the variables
7924 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
7925 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
7927 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
7929 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
7930 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
7931 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
7932 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
7934 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
7935 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
7936 primary language.
7938 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
7939 buffer is read-only.
7941 See also the descriptions of the variables
7942 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
7943 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
7945 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
7947 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
7948 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
7949 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
7951 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7953 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
7954 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
7956 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
7959 3) convert the body into SERA.
7961 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
7963 \(fn)" t nil)
7965 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
7969 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
7971 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
7972 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
7974 \(fn)" t nil)
7976 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
7977 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
7979 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
7980 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
7981 be 1, 2, or 3.
7983 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
7984 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
7985 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
7987 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
7989 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
7991 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
7992 Allow the user to input special characters.
7994 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7996 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
7997 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
7998 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
8000 \(fn)" t nil)
8002 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8003 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
8005 \(fn)" t nil)
8007 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8008 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
8010 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
8011 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
8013 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
8014 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
8016 \(fn)" nil nil)
8018 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8019 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
8021 \(fn)" nil nil)
8023 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
8024 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
8026 \(fn)" nil nil)
8028 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
8029 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
8031 \(fn)" nil nil)
8033 ;;;***
8034 \f
8035 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
8036 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
8037 ;;;;;; (15793 40694))
8038 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
8040 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
8041 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
8042 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
8043 server for future sessions.
8045 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
8047 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
8048 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
8050 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8052 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
8053 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
8055 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8057 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
8058 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
8059 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
8060 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
8061 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
8062 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
8063 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
8064 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
8065 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
8066 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
8067 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
8068 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
8070 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
8072 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
8073 Display a form to query the directory server.
8074 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
8075 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
8077 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
8079 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
8080 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
8081 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
8083 \(fn)" t nil)
8085 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
8087 ;;;***
8088 \f
8089 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
8090 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
8091 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15429 13186))
8092 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
8095 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
8100 Display URL and make it clickable.
8105 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
8110 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
8115 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
8120 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
8124 ;;;***
8125 \f
8126 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
8127 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15429 13344))
8128 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
8131 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
8132 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
8137 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
8141 ;;;***
8142 \f
8143 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
8144 ;;;;;; (15429 13512))
8145 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
8148 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
8152 ;;;***
8153 \f
8154 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
8155 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
8156 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (15305 61706))
8157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
8160 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
8161 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'.
8166 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
8167 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
8168 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
8169 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
8170 executable.
8175 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
8176 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
8181 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
8182 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
8183 file modes.
8187 ;;;***
8188 \f
8189 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
8190 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15363 54641))
8191 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
8194 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
8195 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
8196 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
8198 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
8200 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
8201 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
8202 to generate such functions.
8204 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
8205 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
8206 beginning of the expanded text.
8208 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
8209 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
8210 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
8211 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
8213 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
8218 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8219 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8224 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8225 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8231 ;;;***
8232 \f
8233 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (15729 25951))
8234 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
8237 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
8245 Key definitions:
8248 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
8250 `f90-do-indent'
8251 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
8252 `f90-if-indent'
8253 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
8254 `f90-type-indent'
8255 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
8256 `f90-program-indent'
8257 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
8258 (default 2).
8259 `f90-continuation-indent'
8260 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
8261 `f90-comment-region'
8264 `f90-indented-comment-re'
8265 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
8267 `f90-directive-comment-re'
8270 `f90-break-delimiters'
8271 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
8273 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
8274 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
8275 (default t).
8276 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
8277 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
8278 `f90-smart-end'
8279 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
8280 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
8281 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
8282 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
8283 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
8284 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
8285 `f90-leave-line-no'
8286 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
8287 `f90-keywords-re'
8288 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
8290 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
8291 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
8295 ;;;***
8296 \f
8297 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
8298 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
8299 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
8300 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
8301 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (15656 59685))
8302 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
8306 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
8311 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
8316 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
8321 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
8322 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
8324 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
8326 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
8327 Submenu for text justification commands.")
8329 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
8331 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
8332 Submenu for indentation commands.")
8334 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
8336 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
8337 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
8339 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
8341 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
8343 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
8345 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
8347 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
8348 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
8349 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
8350 will not show through at all will be removed.
8352 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
8354 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8355 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8356 requested face.
8358 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8359 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8360 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8362 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
8364 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
8365 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8366 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8368 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8369 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8370 requested face.
8372 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8373 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8374 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8376 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8378 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
8379 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8380 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8382 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8383 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8384 requested face.
8386 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8387 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8388 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8390 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8392 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
8393 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
8394 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
8395 is the menu item's name.
8397 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8398 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8399 requested face.
8401 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8402 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8403 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8405 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
8407 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
8408 Make the region invisible.
8409 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
8410 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8412 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8414 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
8415 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
8416 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
8417 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8419 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8421 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
8422 Make the region unmodifiable.
8423 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
8424 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8426 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8428 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
8429 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
8431 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8433 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
8434 Remove all text properties from the region.
8436 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8438 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
8440 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
8442 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8444 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
8445 Read a color using the minibuffer.
8447 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
8449 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
8450 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
8451 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
8452 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
8453 of colors that the current display can handle.
8455 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8457 ;;;***
8458 \f
8459 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
8460 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15363 46804))
8461 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
8463 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
8464 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
8465 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
8466 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
8468 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
8470 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
8471 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
8472 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
8474 Font Lock caches may be saved:
8475 - When you save the file's buffer.
8476 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
8477 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
8478 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
8479 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
8483 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
8484 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
8485 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
8486 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
8488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8490 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
8491 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
8493 \(fn)" nil nil)
8495 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
8497 ;;;***
8498 \f
8499 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
8500 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
8501 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15832 9189))
8502 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
8504 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
8505 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
8506 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
8507 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
8509 \(fn)" nil nil)
8511 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
8512 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
8514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8516 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
8517 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
8518 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
8519 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
8521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8523 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
8524 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
8525 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
8526 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
8527 backup file names and the like).
8529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8531 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
8532 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
8533 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
8534 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
8535 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
8536 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
8537 internally by feedmail):
8539 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
8540 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
8541 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
8542 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
8544 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
8545 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
8546 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
8547 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
8548 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
8550 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
8552 ;;;***
8553 \f
8554 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
8555 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15832 36128))
8556 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
8558 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
8559 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
8560 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
8561 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
8562 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
8563 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
8564 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
8566 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
8568 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
8569 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
8570 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
8571 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
8572 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
8573 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
8574 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
8576 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version.
8578 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8580 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
8582 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
8583 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
8584 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
8585 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
8586 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
8587 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
8589 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
8591 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
8592 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
8593 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
8594 Return value:
8595 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
8596 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
8597 * otherwise, nil
8599 \(fn E)" t nil)
8601 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
8602 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
8604 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8606 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
8607 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
8609 \(fn)" t nil)
8611 ;;;***
8612 \f
8613 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
8614 ;;;;;; (15567 448))
8615 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
8617 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
8618 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
8619 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
8620 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
8621 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
8622 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
8623 \(directories) is done.
8625 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8626 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8627 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8628 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8630 ;;;***
8631 \f
8632 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
8633 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15592 18013))
8634 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
8636 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
8637 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
8638 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
8639 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
8640 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
8642 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
8643 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
8644 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
8645 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
8647 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
8648 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
8649 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8653 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
8654 as the final argument.
8656 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
8658 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
8659 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
8660 and run dired on those files.
8661 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
8662 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8664 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
8666 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
8668 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
8669 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
8670 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8674 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
8676 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
8678 ;;;***
8679 \f
8680 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
8681 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
8682 ;;;;;; (15809 3073))
8683 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
8685 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
8686 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
8687 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
8689 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
8691 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8693 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
8695 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
8696 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
8697 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
8699 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
8700 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
8702 Variables of interest include:
8704 - `ff-case-fold-search'
8705 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
8706 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
8708 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
8709 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
8710 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
8712 - `ff-ignore-include'
8713 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
8715 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
8716 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
8718 - `ff-quiet-mode'
8719 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
8721 - `ff-special-constructs'
8722 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
8723 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
8724 extracting the filename from that construct.
8726 - `ff-other-file-alist'
8727 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
8729 - `ff-search-directories'
8730 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
8731 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
8733 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
8734 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
8736 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
8737 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
8739 - `ff-post-load-hook'
8740 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
8742 - `ff-not-found-hook'
8743 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
8745 - `ff-file-created-hook'
8746 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
8748 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
8750 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
8751 Visit the file you click on.
8753 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
8755 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
8756 Visit the file you click on in another window.
8758 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
8760 ;;;***
8761 \f
8762 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
8763 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
8764 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
8765 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
8766 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol find-library)
8767 ;;;;;; "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (15762 1885))
8768 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
8770 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
8771 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
8773 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
8775 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
8776 Search for SYMBOL.
8777 If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise
8778 `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY.
8780 \(fn SYMBOL VARIABLE-P LIBRARY)" nil nil)
8782 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
8783 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
8785 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
8786 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
8787 not selected.
8789 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
8790 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
8791 in `load-path'.
8793 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
8795 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
8796 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
8798 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
8799 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
8800 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
8801 it is one of the current buffers.
8803 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
8804 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
8805 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
8807 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
8809 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
8810 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
8812 See `find-function' for more details.
8814 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
8816 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
8817 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
8819 See `find-function' for more details.
8821 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
8823 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
8824 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
8826 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
8827 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
8828 not selected.
8830 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
8831 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
8833 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
8835 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
8836 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
8838 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
8839 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
8840 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
8841 it is one of the current buffers.
8843 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
8844 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
8845 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
8847 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
8849 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
8850 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
8852 See `find-variable' for more details.
8854 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
8856 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
8857 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
8859 See `find-variable' for more details.
8861 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
8863 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
8864 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
8865 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer.
8867 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
8869 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
8870 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
8872 \(fn)" t nil)
8874 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
8875 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
8877 \(fn)" t nil)
8879 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
8880 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
8882 \(fn)" nil nil)
8884 ;;;***
8885 \f
8886 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
8887 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15186 53885))
8888 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
8890 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
8891 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
8893 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
8895 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
8896 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
8898 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
8900 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
8901 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
8903 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8905 ;;;***
8906 \f
8907 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
8908 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15832 36128))
8909 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
8911 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
8912 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
8914 \(fn)" t nil)
8916 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
8917 Display FILE's commentary section.
8918 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
8920 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8922 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
8923 Find packages matching a given keyword.
8925 \(fn)" t nil)
8927 ;;;***
8928 \f
8929 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
8930 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
8931 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
8933 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
8934 Toggle flow control handling.
8936 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
8938 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
8940 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
8941 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
8943 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
8945 to get the effect of a C-q.
8947 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
8949 ;;;***
8950 \f
8951 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
8952 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
8953 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15577 17335))
8954 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
8956 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
8957 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
8958 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
8960 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
8961 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
8963 \(fn)" t nil)
8965 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
8967 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
8969 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
8970 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
8971 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
8972 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
8973 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
8974 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
8976 Bindings:
8981 Hooks:
8982 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
8984 Remark:
8985 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
8986 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
8987 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
8989 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
8990 consider adding:
8991 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
8992 in your .emacs file.
8997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8999 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
9001 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
9002 The flyspell version
9004 \(fn)" t nil)
9006 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
9007 Turn Flyspell mode off.
9009 \(fn)" nil nil)
9011 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
9012 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
9014 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
9016 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
9017 Flyspell whole buffer.
9019 \(fn)" t nil)
9021 ;;;***
9022 \f
9023 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
9024 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
9025 ;;;;;; (15832 36128))
9026 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
9028 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9029 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9031 \(fn)" t nil)
9033 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9034 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9036 \(fn)" t nil)
9038 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
9039 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
9042 of two major techniques:
9044 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
9045 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
9046 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
9048 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
9049 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
9050 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
9051 movement commands.
9053 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
9054 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
9055 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
9056 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
9057 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
9058 mileage may vary).
9060 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
9063 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
9065 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
9066 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
9067 \(This is the default.)
9069 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
9070 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
9072 Keys specific to Follow mode:
9075 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9077 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
9078 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
9080 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
9081 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
9082 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
9083 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
9084 two windows always will display two successive pages.
9085 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
9087 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
9088 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
9089 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
9091 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
9092 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
9093 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
9095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9097 ;;;***
9098 \f
9099 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
9100 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15809
9101 ;;;;;; 3073))
9102 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
9104 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9105 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9106 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9107 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
9108 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
9109 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
9110 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
9111 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
9112 end of the current highlighting list.
9114 For example:
9116 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
9120 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
9121 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
9123 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9124 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9125 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9127 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
9128 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
9129 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.
9131 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
9133 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9134 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9136 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9137 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
9139 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9140 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9141 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9143 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
9145 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
9146 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.
9148 \(fn)" t nil)
9150 ;;;***
9151 \f
9152 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
9153 ;;;;;; (15767 61949))
9154 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
9156 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
9157 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
9158 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
9159 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
9160 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
9162 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
9163 compatibility.
9165 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
9166 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
9168 It returns a name of the created fontset.
9170 \(fn FONTSET-SPEC &optional STYLE-VARIANT NOERROR)" nil nil)
9172 ;;;***
9173 \f
9174 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15394
9175 ;;;;;; 11333))
9176 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
9178 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
9179 Toggle footnote minor mode.
9181 key binding
9182 --- -------
9191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9193 ;;;***
9194 \f
9195 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
9196 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (15590 2849))
9197 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
9199 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
9200 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
9202 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
9203 TAB forms-next-field TAB
9204 C-c TAB forms-next-field
9205 C-c < forms-first-record <
9206 C-c > forms-last-record >
9207 C-c ? describe-mode ?
9208 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
9209 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
9210 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
9211 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
9212 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
9213 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
9214 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
9215 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
9216 C-c C-x forms-exit x
9218 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
9220 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
9221 Visit a file in Forms mode.
9223 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9225 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
9226 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
9228 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9230 ;;;***
9231 \f
9232 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
9233 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15776 20253))
9234 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
9236 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
9237 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
9238 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
9239 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
9240 with a character in column 6.")
9242 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
9243 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
9245 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
9248 Fortran keywords.
9250 Key definitions:
9253 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9255 `comment-start'
9256 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
9258 `fortran-do-indent'
9259 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
9260 `fortran-if-indent'
9261 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
9262 `fortran-structure-indent'
9263 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
9264 (default 3)
9265 `fortran-continuation-indent'
9266 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
9267 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
9268 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
9269 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
9270 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
9271 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
9272 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
9273 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
9274 (for TAB format continuation style).
9275 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9276 indentation for a line of code.
9277 (default 'fixed)
9278 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
9279 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
9281 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
9282 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
9283 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
9284 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
9285 `fortran-line-number-indent'
9286 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
9287 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
9288 column 5. (default 1)
9289 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
9291 statements. (default nil)
9292 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
9294 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
9295 statement. (default nil)
9296 `fortran-continuation-string'
9297 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
9299 `fortran-comment-region'
9302 `fortran-electric-line-number'
9303 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
9304 as typed. (default t)
9305 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
9306 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
9307 (default t)
9309 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
9310 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9312 \(fn)" t nil)
9314 ;;;***
9315 \f
9316 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
9317 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15195 62737))
9318 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
9320 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
9321 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
9323 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9324 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9326 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
9328 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
9329 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
9331 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9332 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9334 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
9336 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
9337 Compile fortune file.
9339 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
9340 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
9342 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9344 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
9345 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
9347 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9348 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9349 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9350 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9352 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9354 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
9355 Display a fortune cookie.
9357 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9358 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9359 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9360 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9362 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9364 ;;;***
9365 \f
9366 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode) "fringe" "fringe.el"
9367 ;;;;;; (15600 45018))
9368 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
9370 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
9371 Toggle appearance of fringes on all frames.
9372 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
9373 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
9374 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
9375 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
9376 specified, the user is queried.
9377 It applies to all frames that exist and frames to be created in the
9378 future.
9379 If you want to set appearance of fringes on the selected frame only,
9380 see `set-fringe-style'.
9382 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9384 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
9385 Set appearance of fringes on selected frame.
9386 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
9387 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
9388 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
9389 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
9390 specified, the user is queried.
9391 If you want to set appearance of fringes on all frames, see `fringe-mode'.
9393 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9395 ;;;***
9396 \f
9397 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
9398 ;;;;;; (15186 56482))
9399 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
9401 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
9402 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
9404 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
9405 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
9407 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
9408 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
9409 function.
9411 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
9412 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
9413 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
9414 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
9415 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
9416 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
9418 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
9419 Each keyword should be a string.
9421 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
9422 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
9424 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
9425 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
9426 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
9428 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
9430 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
9432 \(fn NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
9434 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
9435 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
9436 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
9437 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
9439 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
9440 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
9442 \(fn TYPE)" t nil)
9444 ;;;***
9445 \f
9446 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
9447 ;;;;;; (15251 15718))
9448 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
9450 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
9451 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
9452 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
9453 at places they belong to.
9455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9457 ;;;***
9458 \f
9459 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
9460 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15410 32828))
9461 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
9463 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
9464 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server.
9466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9468 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
9469 Read network news.
9470 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9471 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
9472 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9473 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9474 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server.
9476 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
9478 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
9479 Read news as a slave.
9481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9483 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
9484 Pop up a frame to read news.
9486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9488 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
9489 Read network news.
9490 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9491 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9492 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9494 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
9496 ;;;***
9497 \f
9498 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
9499 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
9500 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
9501 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
9503 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9504 Start Gnus unplugged.
9506 \(fn)" t nil)
9508 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9509 Start Gnus plugged.
9511 \(fn)" t nil)
9513 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
9514 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
9515 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
9516 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
9518 \(gnus-agentize)
9520 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
9521 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
9522 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
9524 \(fn)" t nil)
9526 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
9527 Start Gnus and fetch session.
9529 \(fn)" t nil)
9531 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
9532 Not documented
9534 \(fn)" t nil)
9536 ;;;***
9537 \f
9538 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
9539 ;;;;;; (15756 53015))
9540 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
9542 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
9543 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
9545 \(fn)" nil nil)
9547 ;;;***
9548 \f
9549 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
9550 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
9551 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
9553 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
9554 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
9556 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9558 ;;;***
9559 \f
9560 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
9561 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14860
9562 ;;;;;; 14811))
9563 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
9565 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
9566 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
9568 Usage:
9569 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
9571 \(fn)" t nil)
9573 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
9574 Generate the cache active file.
9576 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9578 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
9579 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
9581 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9583 ;;;***
9584 \f
9585 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
9586 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (15530 4992))
9587 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
9589 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
9590 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
9591 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
9593 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
9595 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
9596 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
9598 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
9600 ;;;***
9601 \f
9602 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
9603 ;;;;;; (14813 3418))
9604 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
9606 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
9608 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
9609 Run batched scoring.
9610 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
9612 \(fn)" t nil)
9614 ;;;***
9615 \f
9616 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
9617 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15185 54813))
9618 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
9620 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9621 Not documented
9623 \(fn)" nil nil)
9625 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9626 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
9630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9632 ;;;***
9633 \f
9634 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
9635 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
9636 ;;;;;; (15383 46829))
9637 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
9639 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9640 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
9641 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
9642 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
9643 group parameters.
9645 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
9646 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
9647 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
9648 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
9650 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
9651 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
9652 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
9653 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
9654 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
9655 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
9656 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
9657 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
9658 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
9659 gnus-group-split-fancy for details.
9661 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
9663 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9664 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
9665 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
9667 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
9668 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
9670 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
9672 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9673 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
9674 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
9676 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
9678 \(fn)" nil nil)
9680 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9681 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
9682 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
9684 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
9686 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
9687 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
9688 existing groups are considered.
9690 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
9691 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
9692 returned.
9694 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
9695 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
9696 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
9697 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
9698 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
9699 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
9700 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
9701 clauses will be generated.
9703 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
9704 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
9705 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
9706 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
9707 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
9708 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
9710 For example, given the following group parameters:
9712 nnml:mail.bar:
9715 nnml:mail.foo:
9720 nnml:mail.others:
9721 \((split-spec . catch-all))
9731 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
9733 ;;;***
9734 \f
9735 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
9736 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
9737 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
9739 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
9740 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
9741 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
9743 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
9745 ;;;***
9746 \f
9747 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15470
9748 ;;;;;; 47364))
9749 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
9751 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
9752 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
9753 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
9754 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
9756 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
9758 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
9760 ;;;***
9761 \f
9762 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
9763 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
9764 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
9766 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
9767 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
9768 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
9769 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
9770 part is ignored.
9772 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
9773 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
9774 rather than using this function.
9776 \(fn NAME CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
9778 ;;;***
9779 \f
9780 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
9781 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
9782 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
9784 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
9785 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
9786 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
9787 for matching on group names.
9789 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
9794 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
9796 \(fn)" t nil)
9798 ;;;***
9799 \f
9800 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
9801 ;;;;;; (14860 12426))
9802 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
9804 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
9805 Update the format specification near point.
9807 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
9809 ;;;***
9810 \f
9811 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
9812 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15650 59284))
9813 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
9815 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
9816 Unload all Gnus features.
9817 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
9818 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
9819 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble.
9821 \(fn)" t nil)
9823 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
9824 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend.
9826 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
9828 ;;;***
9829 \f
9830 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
9831 ;;;;;; (15272 56960))
9832 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
9834 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
9835 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
9837 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
9839 ;;;***
9840 \f
9841 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (15750 12573))
9842 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
9844 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
9845 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
9847 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
9848 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
9849 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
9851 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
9852 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
9853 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
9855 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
9858 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
9859 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
9863 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
9865 ;;;***
9866 \f
9867 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
9868 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15809 3075))
9869 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
9871 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
9872 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
9873 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
9874 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
9875 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click.
9877 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9879 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
9880 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
9881 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
9882 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
9883 there, then load the URL at or before point.
9885 \(fn)" t nil)
9887 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
9888 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
9889 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
9890 or to send e-mail.
9891 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
9893 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
9894 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
9896 \(fn)" t nil)
9898 ;;;***
9899 \f
9900 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15288 14339))
9901 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
9903 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
9904 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
9905 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
9906 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
9909 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
9911 ;;;***
9912 \f
9913 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
9914 ;;;;;; (15828 6177))
9915 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
9917 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
9918 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
9919 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
9920 and source-file directory for your debugger.
9922 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
9924 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
9925 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
9926 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
9927 and source-file directory for your debugger.
9929 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
9931 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
9932 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
9933 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
9934 and source-file directory for your debugger.
9936 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
9938 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
9939 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
9940 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
9941 and source-file directory for your debugger.
9943 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
9944 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
9946 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
9948 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
9949 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
9950 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
9951 and source-file directory for your debugger.
9953 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
9955 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
9956 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
9957 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
9958 and source-file directory for your debugger.
9960 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
9962 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
9963 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
9966 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
9968 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
9969 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
9970 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
9971 original source file access method.
9973 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
9974 gud, see `gud-mode'.
9976 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
9979 ;;;***
9980 \f
9981 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15587
9982 ;;;;;; 40646))
9983 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
9985 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
9987 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
9988 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
9990 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
9991 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
9992 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
9993 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
9995 \(fn)" t nil)
9997 ;;;***
9998 \f
9999 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
10000 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
10001 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
10003 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
10004 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
10006 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
10008 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
10009 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
10010 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
10011 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
10013 Repent before ring 31 moves.
10015 \(fn)" t nil)
10017 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
10018 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
10019 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
10020 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
10021 to be updated.
10023 \(fn)" t nil)
10025 ;;;***
10026 \f
10027 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
10028 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
10029 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (15764 58077))
10030 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
10032 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
10033 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
10034 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
10035 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
10036 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
10037 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
10039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10041 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
10042 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
10045 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
10046 to the specified name LIBRARY.
10048 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
10049 is used instead of `load-path'.
10051 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
10052 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
10053 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
10055 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
10057 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
10058 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
10060 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10062 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
10063 Not documented
10065 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10067 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
10068 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
10069 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
10071 \(fn)" nil nil)
10073 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
10074 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
10075 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
10076 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
10077 it is displayed along with the global value.
10079 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10081 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
10082 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
10083 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
10084 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
10086 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10088 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
10089 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
10090 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
10092 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10094 ;;;***
10095 \f
10096 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
10097 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
10098 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
10100 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
10101 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
10102 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
10103 and window listing and describing the options.
10104 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
10107 ;;;***
10108 \f
10109 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
10110 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
10111 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (15668 17307))
10112 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
10114 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
10115 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
10116 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
10117 Commands:
10120 \(fn)" t nil)
10122 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
10123 Not documented
10125 \(fn)" nil nil)
10127 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
10128 Not documented
10130 \(fn)" nil nil)
10132 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
10135 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
10136 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
10137 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
10140 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
10142 restore it properly when going back.
10144 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
10146 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
10147 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
10149 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
10150 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
10151 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
10152 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
10153 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10155 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
10156 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
10157 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
10158 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10160 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
10161 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
10162 that.
10164 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10166 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10167 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
10168 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
10169 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
10170 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10171 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10173 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10175 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10176 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
10177 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
10178 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10179 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10181 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10183 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
10184 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
10186 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
10188 ;;;***
10189 \f
10190 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
10191 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15185 49574))
10192 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
10194 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
10195 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
10197 \(fn)" t nil)
10199 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
10200 Provide help for current mode.
10202 \(fn)" t nil)
10204 ;;;***
10205 \f
10206 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
10207 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15809 3073))
10208 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
10210 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
10212 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
10213 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
10214 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
10216 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
10217 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
10220 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
10221 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
10222 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
10224 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
10225 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
10226 periods.
10228 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
10229 in hexl format.
10231 A sample format:
10233 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
10234 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
10235 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
10236 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
10237 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
10238 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
10239 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
10240 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
10241 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
10242 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
10243 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
10244 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
10245 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
10246 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
10247 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
10249 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
10250 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
10251 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
10253 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
10254 also supported.
10256 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
10258 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
10259 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
10260 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
10263 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
10264 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
10267 into the buffer at the current point.
10270 into the buffer at the current point.
10273 into the buffer at the current point.
10277 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
10278 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
10284 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10286 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
10287 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
10288 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
10290 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
10292 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
10293 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
10294 This discards the buffer's undo information.
10296 \(fn)" t nil)
10298 ;;;***
10299 \f
10300 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
10301 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
10302 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15824
10303 ;;;;;; 22241))
10304 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
10306 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
10307 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
10309 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10311 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
10313 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
10314 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
10316 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
10319 which can be called interactively, are:
10322 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10325 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
10326 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
10327 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
10330 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10333 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
10336 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
10338 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
10340 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
10343 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
10345 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
10346 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
10347 Hi-lock: FOO
10348 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
10349 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
10350 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
10351 will be read until
10352 Hi-lock: end
10353 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
10355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10357 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
10359 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10360 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
10362 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10363 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10364 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10365 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10367 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10369 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
10371 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10372 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
10374 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10375 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10376 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10377 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10379 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10381 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
10383 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10384 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
10386 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
10387 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
10389 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10391 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
10393 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10394 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
10396 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
10397 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
10398 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
10399 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
10400 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
10402 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10404 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
10405 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
10407 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
10408 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
10409 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
10411 \(fn)" t nil)
10413 ;;;***
10414 \f
10415 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
10416 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15494 12696))
10417 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
10419 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
10420 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
10421 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
10422 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
10423 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
10424 how the hiding is done:
10426 `hide-ifdef-env'
10427 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
10428 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
10429 is used.
10431 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
10432 An association list of defined symbol lists.
10433 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10434 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10435 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
10437 `hide-ifdef-lines'
10438 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
10439 #endif lines when hiding.
10441 `hide-ifdef-initially'
10442 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
10443 is activated.
10445 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
10446 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
10447 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
10451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10453 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
10454 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
10456 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
10457 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
10459 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
10460 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
10462 ;;;***
10463 \f
10464 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
10465 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15587 40845))
10466 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
10468 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
10469 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
10471 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
10472 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
10473 Each element has the form
10474 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
10476 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
10477 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
10479 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
10480 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
10482 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
10483 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
10484 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
10485 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
10486 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
10488 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
10489 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
10491 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
10492 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
10494 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
10495 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
10496 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
10498 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
10499 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
10500 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
10501 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
10502 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
10503 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
10505 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
10506 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
10507 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
10509 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
10510 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
10512 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
10514 Key bindings:
10517 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10519 ;;;***
10520 \f
10521 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
10522 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
10523 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
10524 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15736 22015))
10525 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
10527 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
10529 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
10530 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
10531 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
10533 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10535 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
10536 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
10538 Without an argument:
10539 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
10540 or passive state as determined by the variable
10541 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
10542 and passive state.
10544 With an argument ARG:
10545 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
10546 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
10547 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
10549 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
10550 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
10551 not displayed in a different face.
10553 Functions:
10557 buffer with the contents of a file
10560 various faces.
10562 Hook variables:
10563 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
10564 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
10565 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
10567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10569 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10570 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10572 \(fn)" t nil)
10574 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10575 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10577 \(fn)" t nil)
10579 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
10580 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
10582 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
10583 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
10584 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
10585 shown in the last face in the list.
10587 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
10588 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
10589 buffer to be saved):
10591 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
10593 \(fn)" t nil)
10595 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
10596 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
10598 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
10599 and must not be read-only.
10601 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
10602 this function is called interactively.
10604 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
10605 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
10606 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
10608 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
10612 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
10614 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
10615 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
10617 When called interactively:
10618 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
10619 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
10620 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
10621 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
10623 When called from a program:
10624 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
10625 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
10626 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
10627 - otherwise just turn it on
10629 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
10631 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
10634 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10636 ;;;***
10637 \f
10638 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
10639 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
10640 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
10641 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
10642 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15394 12491))
10643 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
10645 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
10646 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
10647 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
10648 or insert functions in this list.")
10650 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
10651 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
10653 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
10654 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
10656 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
10657 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
10659 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
10660 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
10662 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
10663 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
10664 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
10667 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
10668 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
10669 \(as atoms)")
10671 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
10672 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
10673 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
10674 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
10675 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
10677 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
10678 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
10679 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
10680 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
10681 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
10682 expansions.
10683 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
10685 undoes the expansion.
10687 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10689 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
10690 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
10691 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
10692 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
10694 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
10696 ;;;***
10697 \f
10698 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
10699 ;;;;;; (15521 40298))
10700 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
10702 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
10703 Minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
10704 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
10705 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
10706 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
10708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10710 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
10711 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
10712 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10713 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10716 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10718 (custom-add-load (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
10720 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
10721 Toggle Hl-Line mode in every buffer.
10722 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
10723 Hl-Line mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
10724 in which `hl-line-mode' turns it on.
10726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10728 ;;;***
10729 \f
10730 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
10731 ;;;;;; (15097 24075))
10732 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
10734 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
10735 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
10736 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
10738 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
10740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10742 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
10743 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
10745 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
10746 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
10748 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
10750 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
10752 ;;;***
10753 \f
10754 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
10755 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (14900 43616))
10756 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
10758 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
10759 This function is obsolete.
10760 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
10761 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
10763 \(fn)" nil nil)
10765 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
10766 This function is obsolete.
10767 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
10768 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
10770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10772 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
10773 This function is obsolete.
10774 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
10775 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
10777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10779 ;;;***
10780 \f
10781 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
10782 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
10783 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
10784 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
10785 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
10786 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
10787 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
10788 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
10789 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
10790 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
10791 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
10792 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
10793 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
10794 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
10795 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
10796 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
10797 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
10798 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
10799 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
10800 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
10801 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
10802 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (15771 50616))
10803 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
10805 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
10806 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
10807 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
10809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10811 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
10812 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
10814 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10816 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
10817 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
10819 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
10821 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
10822 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
10824 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10826 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
10827 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
10829 \(fn)" t nil)
10831 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
10832 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
10834 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
10836 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
10837 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
10839 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
10840 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
10841 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
10842 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
10843 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
10844 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
10845 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
10846 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
10847 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
10848 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
10849 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
10850 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
10852 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
10853 Not documented
10855 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
10857 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
10858 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
10860 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
10862 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
10863 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
10865 \(fn)" t nil)
10867 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
10868 Remove the first filter group.
10870 \(fn)" t nil)
10872 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
10873 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
10875 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
10877 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
10878 Remove all filter groups.
10880 \(fn)" t nil)
10882 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
10883 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
10885 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
10887 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
10888 Kill the filter group named NAME.
10889 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
10891 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
10893 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
10894 Kill the filter group at point.
10895 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
10897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10899 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
10900 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
10902 \(fn)" t nil)
10904 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
10905 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
10907 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
10909 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
10910 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
10911 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
10912 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
10914 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
10916 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
10917 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
10918 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
10920 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
10922 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
10923 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
10924 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
10925 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
10926 of replacing the current filters.
10928 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
10930 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
10931 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
10933 \(fn)" t nil)
10935 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
10936 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
10938 \(fn)" t nil)
10940 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
10941 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
10943 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
10944 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
10945 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
10947 \(fn)" t nil)
10949 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
10950 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
10952 \(fn)" t nil)
10954 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
10955 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
10957 \(fn)" t nil)
10959 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
10960 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
10961 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
10962 filter into parts.
10964 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
10966 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
10967 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
10968 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
10970 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
10972 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
10973 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
10975 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
10977 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
10978 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
10980 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
10982 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
10983 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
10984 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
10985 of replacing the current filters.
10987 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
10988 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
10989 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
10990 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
10991 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
10992 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
10993 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
10994 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
10995 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
10997 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
10998 Toggle the current sorting mode.
10999 Default sorting modes are:
11000 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
11001 Name - the name of the buffer
11002 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
11003 Size - the size of the buffer
11005 \(fn)" t nil)
11007 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
11008 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
11010 \(fn)" t nil)
11011 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11012 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11013 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
11014 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
11016 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11017 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
11019 \(fn)" t nil)
11021 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
11022 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
11023 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
11024 for this ibuffer session.
11026 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11028 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11029 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
11030 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
11031 for this ibuffer session.
11033 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11035 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11036 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11038 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11039 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11041 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
11042 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
11044 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
11046 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11047 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11049 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11050 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11052 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
11054 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
11055 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
11057 \(fn)" t nil)
11059 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
11060 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
11062 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11064 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
11065 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
11068 \(fn)" t nil)
11070 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
11071 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
11072 The names are separated by a space.
11073 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
11074 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete pathname of each marked file.
11076 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with C-y.
11078 [ This docstring shamelessly stolen from the
11081 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11083 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11084 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
11086 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11088 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11089 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
11091 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11093 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11094 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
11096 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11098 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11099 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
11101 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11103 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11104 Mark all modified buffers.
11106 \(fn)" t nil)
11108 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11109 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
11111 \(fn)" t nil)
11113 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11114 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
11116 \(fn)" t nil)
11118 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11119 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
11121 \(fn)" t nil)
11123 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11124 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
11126 \(fn)" t nil)
11128 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11129 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
11131 \(fn)" t nil)
11133 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11134 Mark all read-only buffers.
11136 \(fn)" t nil)
11138 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11139 Mark all `dired' buffers.
11141 \(fn)" t nil)
11143 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
11144 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
11145 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
11146 defaults to one.
11148 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
11150 ;;;***
11151 \f
11152 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
11153 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (15771
11154 ;;;;;; 50616))
11155 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
11157 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
11158 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
11160 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
11161 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
11162 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
11164 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
11165 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
11166 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
11167 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
11168 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
11169 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
11171 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
11172 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
11173 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
11174 change its definition, you should explicitly call
11175 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
11177 \(fn SYMBOL (&KEY name inline props summarizer) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11179 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11180 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
11181 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
11182 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
11183 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
11185 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
11186 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
11189 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11191 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
11192 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
11193 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
11194 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
11195 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
11196 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
11198 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
11199 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
11200 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
11201 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
11202 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
11203 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
11204 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
11205 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
11206 values are:
11207 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
11208 t - the function it always modifies buffers
11209 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
11210 buffer's modification flag.
11211 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
11212 prompted before performing this operation.
11213 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
11214 operation is complete, in the form:
11216 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
11217 confirmation message, in the form:
11219 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
11220 macro for exactly what it does.
11222 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&KEY interactive mark modifier-p dangerous (opstring operated on) (active-opstring Operate on) complex) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11224 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11225 Define a filter named NAME.
11226 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
11227 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
11228 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
11230 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
11231 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
11232 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
11233 bound to the current value of the filter.
11235 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY reader description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11237 ;;;***
11238 \f
11239 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
11240 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (15830 33417))
11241 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
11243 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
11244 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
11245 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11246 buffers which are visiting a file.
11248 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11250 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
11251 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
11252 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11253 buffers which are visiting a file.
11255 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11257 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
11258 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
11259 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
11261 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
11262 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
11264 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
11265 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
11266 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
11267 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
11268 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
11269 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
11270 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
11271 Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
11272 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value
11273 locally in this buffer.
11275 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
11277 ;;;***
11278 \f
11279 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
11280 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15483 45647))
11281 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
11283 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
11284 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
11285 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
11287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11289 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
11290 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
11291 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'.
11293 \(fn)" nil nil)
11295 ;;;***
11296 \f
11297 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14851 17580))
11298 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
11300 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
11301 Major mode for editing Icon code.
11302 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
11303 Tab indents for Icon code.
11304 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
11305 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11307 Variables controlling indentation style:
11308 icon-tab-always-indent
11309 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
11310 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11311 icon-auto-newline
11312 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
11313 inserted in Icon code.
11314 icon-indent-level
11315 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
11316 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
11317 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
11318 icon-continued-statement-offset
11319 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
11320 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
11321 icon-continued-brace-offset
11322 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
11323 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
11324 icon-brace-offset
11325 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
11326 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
11327 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
11328 this far to the right of the start of its line.
11330 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
11331 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11333 \(fn)" t nil)
11335 ;;;***
11336 \f
11337 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
11338 ;;;;;; (15790 62577))
11339 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
11341 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
11342 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
11343 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
11344 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
11346 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
11347 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
11348 separate frames.
11350 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
11351 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
11353 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
11354 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
11355 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
11359 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
11361 ;;;***
11362 \f
11363 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
11364 ;;;;;; (15793 40695))
11365 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
11367 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
11368 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
11370 The main features of this mode are
11372 1. Indentation and Formatting
11373 --------------------------
11374 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
11375 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
11378 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
11379 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
11380 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
11382 Comments are indented as follows:
11384 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
11385 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
11386 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
11388 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
11391 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
11392 relative to the first will be retained. Use
11394 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
11395 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not
11396 recommended).
11398 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
11403 2. Routine Info
11404 ------------
11405 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
11406 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
11408 source file of a module. These commands know about system
11409 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
11410 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
11412 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
11414 3. Online IDL Help
11415 ---------------
11417 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
11418 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
11419 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
11420 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
11422 4. Completion
11423 ----------
11425 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
11426 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
11427 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
11428 mixed or upper case.
11430 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
11431 --------------------------------
11432 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
11447 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
11450 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
11453 6. Automatic Case Conversion
11454 -------------------------
11455 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
11456 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
11458 7. Automatic END completion
11459 ------------------------
11460 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
11461 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
11463 8. Hooks
11464 -----
11465 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
11466 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
11468 9. Documentation and Customization
11469 -------------------------------
11470 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
11472 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
11473 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
11474 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
11476 10.Keybindings
11477 -----------
11478 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
11480 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
11484 \(fn)" t nil)
11486 ;;;***
11487 \f
11488 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name ido-dired
11489 ;;;;;; ido-insert-file ido-write-file ido-find-file-other-frame
11490 ;;;;;; ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
11491 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window
11492 ;;;;;; ido-find-file ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
11493 ;;;;;; ido-insert-buffer ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
11494 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-read-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido"
11495 ;;;;;; "ido.el" (15815 8092))
11496 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
11498 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
11499 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
11500 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
11501 - 'buffer: Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
11502 displaying...)
11503 - 'file: Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
11504 - 'both: Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
11505 - nil: Turn off any ido switching.
11507 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11510 (custom-add-to-group (quote ido) (quote ido-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11512 (custom-add-load (quote ido-mode) (quote ido))
11514 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
11515 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
11516 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11517 If second argument NOBIND is non-nil, no keys are rebound; otherwise,
11518 turning on ido-mode will modify the default keybindings for the
11519 find-file and switch-to-buffer families of commands to the ido
11520 versions of these functions.
11521 However, if second arg equals 'files, bind only for files, or if it
11522 equals 'buffers, bind only for buffers.
11523 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
11525 \(fn &optional ARG NOBIND)" t nil)
11527 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
11528 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
11529 Return the name of a buffer selected.
11530 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
11531 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
11532 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
11533 If INITIAL is non-nil, it specifies the initial input string.
11535 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
11537 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
11538 Switch to another buffer.
11539 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
11540 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
11541 in another frame.
11543 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
11544 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
11545 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
11546 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their
11549 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
11550 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
11553 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
11558 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
11559 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
11560 in a separate window.
11571 \(fn)" t nil)
11573 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
11574 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
11575 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11578 \(fn)" t nil)
11580 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
11581 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
11582 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11585 \(fn)" t nil)
11587 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
11588 Kill a buffer.
11589 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11592 \(fn)" t nil)
11594 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
11595 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
11596 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11599 \(fn)" t nil)
11601 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
11602 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
11603 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11606 \(fn)" t nil)
11608 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
11609 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
11611 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11613 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
11614 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
11615 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
11616 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
11617 visible in another frame.
11619 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type
11620 in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if
11621 substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
11622 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
11623 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
11626 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
11627 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
11630 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
11635 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
11636 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
11637 in a separate window.
11639 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
11643 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
11654 \(fn)" t nil)
11656 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
11657 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
11658 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11661 \(fn)" t nil)
11663 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
11664 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
11665 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11668 \(fn)" t nil)
11670 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
11671 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
11672 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11675 \(fn)" t nil)
11677 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
11678 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
11679 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11682 \(fn)" t nil)
11684 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
11685 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
11686 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11689 \(fn)" t nil)
11691 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
11692 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
11693 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11696 \(fn)" t nil)
11698 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
11699 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
11700 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11703 \(fn)" t nil)
11705 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
11706 Write current buffer to a file.
11707 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11710 \(fn)" t nil)
11712 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
11713 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
11714 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11717 \(fn)" t nil)
11719 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
11720 Call dired the ido way.
11721 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11724 \(fn)" t nil)
11726 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
11727 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
11728 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
11730 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
11732 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
11733 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
11734 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
11736 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
11738 ;;;***
11739 \f
11740 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (15809 3073))
11741 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
11742 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
11744 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
11745 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
11746 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
11748 \(fn)" t nil)
11750 ;;;***
11751 \f
11752 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
11753 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
11754 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15815 8092))
11755 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
11757 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
11758 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
11759 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
11760 be determined.
11762 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11764 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
11765 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
11766 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
11767 be determined.
11769 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11771 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
11772 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
11773 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
11775 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
11777 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
11778 Create an image.
11779 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
11780 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
11781 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
11782 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
11783 use its file extension as image type.
11784 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
11785 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
11786 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
11787 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
11789 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
11791 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
11792 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
11793 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
11794 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
11795 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
11796 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
11797 POS may be an integer or marker.
11798 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
11799 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
11800 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
11801 means display it in the right marginal area.
11803 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
11805 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
11806 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
11807 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
11808 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
11809 defaulted if you omit it.
11810 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
11811 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
11812 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
11813 means display it in the right marginal area.
11815 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
11817 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
11818 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
11819 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
11820 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
11822 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11824 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
11825 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
11827 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
11829 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
11830 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
11831 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
11832 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
11833 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
11834 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
11835 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
11836 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
11837 satisfied.
11839 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'.
11841 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
11843 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
11844 Define SYMBOL as an image.
11846 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
11847 documentation string.
11849 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
11850 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
11851 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
11852 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
11853 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
11854 string containing the actual image data. The first image
11855 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
11856 define SYMBOL.
11858 Example:
11863 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
11865 ;;;***
11866 \f
11867 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
11868 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
11869 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15786 7605))
11870 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
11872 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
11873 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
11874 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
11875 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
11877 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
11878 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
11879 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
11882 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
11883 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
11884 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
11885 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
11887 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
11888 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
11889 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
11892 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
11893 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
11895 \(fn)" nil nil)
11897 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
11898 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
11899 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
11900 the command `insert-file-contents'.
11902 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
11904 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
11905 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
11906 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11907 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11910 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11912 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
11914 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
11915 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
11916 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11917 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
11919 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
11920 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
11921 `image-file-name-regexps'.
11923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11925 ;;;***
11926 \f
11927 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
11928 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15714 42969))
11929 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
11931 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
11932 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
11934 Affects only the mouse index menu.
11936 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
11937 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
11938 in the buffer.
11940 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
11942 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
11943 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
11944 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
11946 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
11947 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
11949 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
11950 to create a buffer index.
11952 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
11953 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
11954 or like this:
11955 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
11956 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
11957 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
11958 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
11959 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
11961 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
11962 entries are not nested.
11964 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
11965 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
11966 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
11967 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
11969 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
11970 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
11972 The variable is buffer-local.
11974 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
11975 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
11976 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
11978 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
11979 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
11981 during matching.")
11983 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
11985 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
11986 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
11988 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
11989 of the current buffer as an alist.
11991 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
11992 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
11993 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
11994 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
11995 if it is a sub-alist.
11997 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
11999 The variable is buffer-local.")
12001 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
12003 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
12004 Function for finding the next index position.
12006 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
12007 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
12008 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
12009 file.
12011 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
12012 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
12014 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12016 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
12018 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
12019 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
12021 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
12022 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
12023 It should return the name for that index item.
12025 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12027 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
12029 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
12030 Function to compare string with index item.
12032 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
12033 non-nil if they match.
12035 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
12036 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
12040 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12042 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
12044 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
12045 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
12046 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
12048 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
12050 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
12052 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
12054 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
12055 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
12056 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
12057 See the command `imenu' for more information.
12059 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12061 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
12064 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
12066 \(fn)" t nil)
12068 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
12069 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
12070 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
12071 for more information.
12073 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
12075 ;;;***
12076 \f
12077 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
12078 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
12079 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (15656 44038))
12080 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
12082 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
12083 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
12085 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
12087 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
12088 Not documented
12090 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
12092 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12093 Not documented
12095 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
12097 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12098 Not documented
12100 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12102 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
12103 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
12104 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
12105 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
12106 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
12108 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
12110 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
12111 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
12112 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
12113 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
12114 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
12116 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
12118 ;;;***
12119 \f
12120 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
12121 ;;;;;; (15650 57540))
12122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
12125 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
12126 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
12127 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
12128 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
12130 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
12131 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
12134 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
12135 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
12136 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
12137 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
12139 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
12140 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
12143 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
12145 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
12146 Inferior Lisp buffer.
12148 This variable is only used if the variable
12149 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
12151 More precise choices:
12156 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
12158 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
12159 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
12161 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
12162 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
12163 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
12164 to that buffer.
12165 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
12166 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
12167 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
12170 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
12171 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
12173 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
12175 ;;;***
12176 \f
12177 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
12178 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
12179 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
12180 ;;;;;; (15828 6178))
12181 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
12183 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
12184 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
12186 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12187 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
12189 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
12190 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
12191 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
12192 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
12193 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
12194 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
12196 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
12197 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
12199 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
12200 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
12201 in all the directories in that path.
12203 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12205 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
12206 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
12208 \(fn)" t nil)
12210 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
12211 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
12212 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
12215 \(fn)" nil nil)
12217 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
12218 Go to the Info directory node.
12220 \(fn)" t nil)
12222 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
12223 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
12224 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12225 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12226 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
12228 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
12230 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
12231 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
12232 KEY is a string.
12233 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
12234 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12235 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12236 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
12238 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
12240 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
12241 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
12242 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
12244 \(fn)" t nil)
12246 ;;;***
12247 \f
12248 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
12249 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
12250 ;;;;;; (15671 1671))
12251 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
12253 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
12254 Throw away all cached data.
12255 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
12256 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
12257 system.
12259 \(fn)" t nil)
12261 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
12262 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
12263 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
12264 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
12265 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12266 The default symbol is the one found at point.
12268 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
12270 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
12272 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
12273 Display the documentation of a file.
12274 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
12275 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
12276 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12277 The default file name is the one found at point.
12279 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
12281 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
12283 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
12284 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
12286 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12288 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
12289 Perform completion on file preceding point.
12291 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12293 ;;;***
12294 \f
12295 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
12296 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15185 49574))
12297 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
12299 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
12300 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
12302 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
12304 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
12305 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
12306 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
12308 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
12309 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
12310 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
12312 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
12313 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
12314 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
12315 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
12317 \(fn)" t nil)
12319 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
12320 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
12321 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
12323 \(fn)" t nil)
12325 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
12326 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
12327 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
12328 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
12331 \(fn)" nil nil)
12333 ;;;***
12334 \f
12335 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
12336 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
12337 ;;;;;; (15251 19613))
12338 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
12340 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12341 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
12343 \(fn)" t nil)
12345 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12346 Toggle input method in interactive search.
12348 \(fn)" t nil)
12350 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
12351 Not documented
12353 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
12355 ;;;***
12356 \f
12357 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
12358 ;;;;;; (15634 63561))
12359 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
12361 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
12362 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
12363 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
12364 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
12366 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
12368 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
12369 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
12371 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
12372 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
12373 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
12375 /a gives a with ring.
12376 /e gives an a-e ligature.
12377 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
12378 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
12379 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
12381 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
12382 and a negative argument disables it.
12384 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12386 ;;;***
12387 \f
12388 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
12389 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
12390 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
12391 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15186 56483))
12392 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
12394 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
12395 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
12396 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12397 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12399 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12401 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
12402 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
12403 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12404 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12406 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12408 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
12409 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
12410 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12411 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12413 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12415 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12416 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12417 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12418 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12420 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12422 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12423 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12424 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12425 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12427 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12429 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
12430 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12431 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12432 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12434 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12436 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
12437 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12438 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12439 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12441 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12443 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
12444 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
12446 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12448 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12450 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12451 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12453 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12455 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12457 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12458 Warn that format is read-only.
12460 \(fn)" t nil)
12462 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12463 Warn that format is write-only.
12465 \(fn)" t nil)
12467 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
12468 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats.
12470 \(fn)" t nil)
12472 ;;;***
12473 \f
12474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
12475 ;;;;;; (15404 61941))
12476 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
12477 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
12478 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
12479 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
12481 ;;;***
12482 \f
12483 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
12484 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
12485 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
12486 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
12487 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
12488 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15832 9190))
12489 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
12492 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
12494 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
12495 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
12497 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
12499 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
12500 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
12501 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
12503 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
12505 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
12507 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
12509 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
12511 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1))))
12513 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2) ("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2))))
12515 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
12516 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
12518 Each element of this list is also a list:
12520 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
12521 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
12523 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
12524 nil means the default dictionary.
12526 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
12527 word.
12529 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
12531 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
12532 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
12533 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
12534 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
12538 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
12539 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
12541 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
12542 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
12543 single word.
12545 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
12546 subprocess.
12548 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
12549 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
12551 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
12552 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
12553 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
12554 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
12555 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
12557 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
12559 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
12560 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
12561 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
12563 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
12564 Key map for ispell menu.")
12566 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
12567 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
12568 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
12571 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
12573 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dir (if (boundp (quote ispell-library-directory)) ispell-library-directory)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default"))))) ((or (not dir) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))))
12575 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
12577 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
12579 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
12581 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
12582 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
12583 The alist key must be a regular expression.
12584 Valid forms include:
12585 (KEY) - just skip the key.
12586 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
12587 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
12588 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
12590 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
12591 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
12592 First list is used raw.
12595 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
12596 for skipping in latex mode.")
12598 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
12600 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
12601 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
12602 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
12603 in a window allowing you to choose one.
12605 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
12606 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
12607 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
12608 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
12609 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
12611 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
12612 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
12614 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
12619 return values:
12620 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
12621 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
12624 quit spell session exited.
12626 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
12628 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
12629 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
12630 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
12632 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
12634 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
12635 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
12637 Selections are:
12639 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
12640 SPC: Accept word this time.
12641 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
12642 `a': Accept word for this session.
12643 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
12644 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
12645 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
12646 `?': Show these commands.
12647 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
12648 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
12649 the aborted check to be completed later.
12650 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
12651 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
12652 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
12653 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
12654 `C-l': redraws screen
12655 `C-r': recursive edit
12656 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
12658 \(fn)" nil nil)
12660 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
12661 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
12662 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
12664 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
12666 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
12667 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
12668 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
12670 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
12672 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary.
12674 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
12676 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
12677 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
12678 Return nil if spell session is quit,
12679 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
12681 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
12683 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
12684 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
12686 \(fn)" t nil)
12688 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
12689 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
12691 \(fn)" t nil)
12693 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
12694 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
12696 \(fn)" t nil)
12698 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
12699 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
12700 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
12701 sequence inside of a word.
12703 Standard ispell choices are then available.
12705 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
12707 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
12708 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
12710 \(fn)" t nil)
12712 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
12713 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
12714 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
12715 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
12717 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
12718 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
12719 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
12720 available on the net.
12722 \(fn)" t nil)
12724 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
12725 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
12726 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
12728 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
12729 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
12731 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
12734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12736 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
12737 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
12738 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
12739 Don't check included messages.
12741 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
12742 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
12743 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
12745 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
12746 in your .emacs file:
12747 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
12748 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
12749 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
12750 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
12752 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
12753 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
12756 \(fn)" t nil)
12758 ;;;***
12759 \f
12760 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
12761 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
12762 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (15763 11491))
12763 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
12765 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
12766 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
12767 Return the name of a buffer selected.
12768 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
12769 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
12770 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
12772 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
12774 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
12775 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
12776 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
12777 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
12779 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'.
12781 \(fn)" t nil)
12783 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
12784 Switch to another buffer.
12786 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
12787 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
12788 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
12789 in another frame.
12792 \(fn)" t nil)
12794 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
12795 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
12796 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12799 \(fn)" t nil)
12801 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
12802 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
12803 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12806 \(fn)" t nil)
12808 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
12809 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
12810 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12813 \(fn)" t nil)
12815 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
12816 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
12817 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12818 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12821 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12823 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
12825 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
12826 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
12827 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
12828 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
12829 `iswitchb' for details.
12831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12833 ;;;***
12834 \f
12835 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
12836 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
12837 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
12838 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15185 62673))
12839 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
12841 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
12842 Not documented
12844 \(fn)" nil nil)
12846 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
12847 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
12848 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
12849 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
12850 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
12851 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
12852 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
12853 necessary to represent OBJ.
12855 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
12857 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
12858 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
12859 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
12860 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
12862 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
12864 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
12865 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
12866 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
12867 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
12868 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
12870 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
12872 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
12873 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
12874 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
12875 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
12877 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
12879 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
12880 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
12881 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
12882 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
12884 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
12886 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
12887 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
12889 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
12891 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
12892 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
12893 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
12894 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
12895 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
12897 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
12899 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
12900 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
12901 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
12902 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
12903 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
12905 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
12907 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
12908 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
12909 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
12911 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
12913 ;;;***
12914 \f
12915 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15769
12916 ;;;;;; 54098))
12917 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
12919 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
12920 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
12921 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
12922 that needs to be (re)fontified.
12923 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.
12925 \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil)
12927 ;;;***
12928 \f
12929 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
12930 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (15730 5486))
12931 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
12933 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
12934 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
12935 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12936 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12939 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12941 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
12943 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
12944 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
12945 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
12946 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
12948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12950 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
12951 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled.
12953 \(fn &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
12955 ;;;***
12956 \f
12957 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
12958 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
12959 ;;;;;; (15747 41455))
12960 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
12962 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
12963 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
12964 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
12965 decimal key must be specified.")
12967 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-setup) (quote custom-variable))
12969 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-setup) (quote keypad))
12971 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
12972 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
12973 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
12974 decimal key must be specified.")
12976 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-numlock-setup) (quote custom-variable))
12978 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-numlock-setup) (quote keypad))
12980 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
12981 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
12982 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
12983 decimal key must be specified.")
12985 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-shifted-setup) (quote custom-variable))
12987 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-shifted-setup) (quote keypad))
12989 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
12990 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
12991 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
12992 decimal key must be specified.")
12994 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) (quote custom-variable))
12996 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) (quote keypad))
12998 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
12999 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
13000 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
13001 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
13002 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
13003 keys are bound.
13005 Setup Binding
13006 -------------------------------------------------------------
13007 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
13008 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
13009 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
13010 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
13011 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
13012 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
13013 in the global and local keymaps.
13015 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
13016 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
13018 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
13020 ;;;***
13021 \f
13022 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
13023 ;;;;;; (15185 62673))
13024 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
13026 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
13027 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
13028 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
13030 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
13031 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
13032 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
13033 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
13034 shorter.
13036 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
13037 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
13038 the context of text formatting.
13040 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
13042 ;;;***
13043 \f
13044 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15185
13045 ;;;;;; 62673))
13046 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
13048 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
13049 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
13050 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
13051 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
13052 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
13053 positions that contains the current selection.")
13055 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
13056 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
13057 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
13058 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
13059 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
13060 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
13061 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
13063 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13065 ;;;***
13066 \f
13067 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
13068 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
13069 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
13070 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (15755 34618))
13071 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
13072 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
13073 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
13074 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
13075 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
13076 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
13077 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
13078 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
13080 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
13081 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13082 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13086 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined;
13089 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
13090 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
13092 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
13093 defining the macro.
13096 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13099 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13101 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
13102 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
13106 under that name.
13108 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
13109 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
13110 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
13112 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13114 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13116 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
13118 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
13119 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
13120 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
13121 for details on how to adjust or disable this behaviour.
13123 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
13124 others, use M-x name-last-kbd-macro.
13126 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
13128 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
13129 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13130 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13132 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
13133 macro.
13136 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
13138 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
13140 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
13145 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13147 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13148 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
13149 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13152 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13154 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13155 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
13156 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13158 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13160 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
13161 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
13162 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
13164 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13166 ;;;***
13167 \f
13168 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
13169 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15185 62673))
13170 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
13172 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
13173 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
13176 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
13177 Not documented
13179 \(fn)" nil nil)
13181 ;;;***
13182 \f
13183 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
13184 ;;;;;; (15354 48719))
13185 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
13187 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
13189 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
13190 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
13192 \(fn)" t nil)
13194 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
13196 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
13197 Start or resume an Lm game.
13198 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
13199 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
13201 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
13202 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
13203 none / 1 | yes | no
13204 2 | yes | yes
13205 3 | no | yes
13206 4 | no | no
13209 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
13212 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
13214 ;;;***
13215 \f
13216 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
13217 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
13218 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15809
13219 ;;;;;; 3074))
13220 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
13222 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
13223 Not documented
13225 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13227 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
13228 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
13229 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
13230 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
13231 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
13232 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
13234 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
13235 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
13237 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
13239 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
13240 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
13242 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13244 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
13245 Not documented
13247 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
13249 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
13250 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
13251 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
13252 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
13253 to compose.
13255 The return value is number of composed characters.
13257 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
13259 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
13260 Not documented
13262 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13264 ;;;***
13265 \f
13266 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
13267 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (15377 1423))
13268 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
13270 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
13271 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
13272 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
13273 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
13274 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
13275 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
13276 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
13277 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
13279 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
13280 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
13282 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13283 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
13285 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
13287 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
13289 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
13290 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
13291 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
13292 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
13293 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
13294 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
13295 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
13296 a Unicode font with which to display them.
13298 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
13300 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
13301 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
13302 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't
13303 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
13305 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13306 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
13308 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote custom-variable))
13310 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote latin1-disp))
13312 ;;;***
13313 \f
13314 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
13315 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15509 27929))
13316 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
13318 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
13319 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
13320 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
13321 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
13323 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
13325 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
13326 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
13327 JIT Lock's favor.
13329 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
13331 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
13332 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
13333 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
13334 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
13335 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
13336 for large buffers.
13338 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
13339 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
13340 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
13341 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
13342 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
13344 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
13345 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
13346 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
13347 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
13348 slow to keep up with your typing.
13350 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
13351 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
13352 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
13353 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
13354 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
13355 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
13357 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
13358 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
13359 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
13360 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
13362 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
13363 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
13364 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
13367 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
13368 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
13369 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
13370 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
13371 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
13373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13375 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
13376 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
13378 \(fn)" nil nil)
13380 ;;;***
13381 \f
13382 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
13383 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
13384 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
13386 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
13387 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
13389 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
13390 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
13392 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
13393 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
13395 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
13397 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
13399 for later transmission to Lisp job.
13403 and transmit saved text.
13405 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
13406 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
13408 \(fn)" t nil)
13410 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
13411 Not documented
13413 \(fn)" nil nil)
13415 ;;;***
13416 \f
13417 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15020 64776))
13418 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
13420 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
13421 Run Conway's Life simulation.
13422 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
13423 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
13424 generations (this defaults to 1).
13426 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
13428 ;;;***
13429 \f
13430 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (15766
13431 ;;;;;; 29876))
13432 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
13434 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
13435 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
13436 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
13437 is nil, raise an error.
13439 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
13441 ;;;***
13442 \f
13443 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
13444 ;;;;;; (15400 23926))
13445 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
13447 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
13448 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
13449 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
13451 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
13453 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
13454 Run the locate command with a filter.
13456 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
13457 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
13459 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
13461 ;;;***
13462 \f
13463 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15326 11642))
13464 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
13466 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
13467 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
13469 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
13470 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
13473 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
13474 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
13475 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
13476 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
13477 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
13478 uses the current buffer.
13480 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
13482 ;;;***
13483 \f
13484 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (15408
13485 ;;;;;; 51653))
13486 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
13488 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
13489 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
13491 ;;;***
13492 \f
13493 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
13494 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15594
13495 ;;;;;; 61952))
13496 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
13498 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
13500 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
13502 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
13503 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
13504 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
13506 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
13507 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
13509 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
13514 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
13517 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
13518 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
13519 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
13520 switch on this list.
13521 See `lpr-command'.")
13523 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
13524 *Name of program for printing a file.
13526 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
13527 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
13528 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
13529 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
13530 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
13531 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
13532 argument.")
13534 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
13535 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
13536 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13537 for customization of the printer command.
13539 \(fn)" t nil)
13541 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
13542 Paginate and print buffer contents.
13544 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
13545 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
13546 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
13547 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
13549 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
13550 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
13552 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13553 for further customization of the printer command.
13555 \(fn)" t nil)
13557 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
13558 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
13559 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13560 for customization of the printer command.
13562 \(fn START END)" t nil)
13564 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
13565 Paginate and print the region contents.
13567 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
13568 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
13569 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
13570 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
13572 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
13573 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
13575 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13576 for further customization of the printer command.
13578 \(fn START END)" t nil)
13580 ;;;***
13581 \f
13582 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15676
13583 ;;;;;; 9507))
13584 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
13586 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
13587 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
13588 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13590 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13594 ;;;***
13595 \f
13596 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15765
13597 ;;;;;; 3930))
13598 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
13600 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
13601 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
13604 \(fn)" t nil)
13606 ;;;***
13607 \f
13608 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
13609 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15741 9308))
13610 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
13612 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
13613 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
13614 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
13615 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
13618 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
13620 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
13621 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
13622 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
13623 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
13625 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
13626 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
13627 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
13628 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
13629 bindings.
13631 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
13632 use this command, and then save the file.
13634 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
13636 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
13637 Query user during kbd macro execution.
13638 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
13639 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
13640 each time the macro executes.
13641 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
13649 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
13651 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
13652 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
13653 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
13655 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
13656 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
13657 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
13658 execute.
13660 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
13661 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
13663 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
13664 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
13665 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
13666 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
13669 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
13670 looked like this:
13676 You could enter the names in this format:
13678 foo
13679 bar
13680 baz
13682 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
13688 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
13691 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
13692 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
13694 ;;;***
13695 \f
13696 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
13697 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15793 40694))
13698 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
13700 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
13701 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
13702 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
13703 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
13704 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names'.
13706 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
13707 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
13708 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
13709 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
13710 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
13712 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
13713 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
13714 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
13715 consing a string.)
13717 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
13719 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
13720 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
13722 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
13724 ;;;***
13725 \f
13726 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
13727 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
13728 ;;;;;; (15763 38398))
13729 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
13731 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
13732 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
13734 \(fn)" nil nil)
13736 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
13737 Not documented
13739 \(fn)" nil nil)
13741 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
13742 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
13744 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
13745 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
13746 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
13747 message.
13749 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
13751 \(fn)" nil nil)
13753 ;;;***
13754 \f
13755 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
13756 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
13757 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15512
13758 ;;;;;; 17296))
13759 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
13761 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
13762 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
13763 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
13764 often correct parser.")
13766 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
13767 Not documented
13769 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13771 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
13773 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
13774 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
13776 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
13778 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
13780 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
13781 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
13783 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
13785 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
13787 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
13788 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
13790 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
13792 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
13793 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
13794 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
13795 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
13796 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
13797 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
13799 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
13801 ;;;***
13802 \f
13803 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
13804 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15756 53831))
13805 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
13807 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
13808 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
13810 \(fn)" nil nil)
13812 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
13813 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
13814 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
13816 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
13818 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
13819 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
13820 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
13822 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
13824 ;;;***
13825 \f
13826 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
13827 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (15303
13828 ;;;;;; 63149))
13829 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
13831 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
13833 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
13834 king@grassland.com
13835 If `parens', they look like:
13836 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
13837 If `angles', they look like:
13838 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
13840 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
13841 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
13842 If interactive, expand in header fields.
13843 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
13844 their `Resent-' variants.
13846 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
13847 removed from alias expansions.
13849 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
13851 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
13852 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
13853 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
13855 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
13856 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
13857 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
13858 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
13860 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
13862 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
13863 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
13864 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
13865 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
13867 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13869 ;;;***
13870 \f
13871 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
13872 ;;;;;; (15832 9189))
13873 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
13875 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
13876 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
13877 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
13881 In the browser, use the following keys:
13885 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
13887 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
13888 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
13890 `makefile-target-colon':
13891 The string that gets appended to all target names
13892 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
13895 `makefile-macro-assign':
13896 The string that gets appended to all macro names
13897 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
13899 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
13900 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
13903 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
13904 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
13905 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
13907 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
13908 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
13910 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
13911 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
13912 up or down in the browser.
13914 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
13915 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
13917 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
13918 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
13920 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
13921 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
13922 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
13923 has been selected in the browser.
13925 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
13926 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
13927 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
13928 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
13929 filenames are omitted.
13931 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
13932 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
13933 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
13934 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
13935 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
13936 the backslash itself intact.
13937 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
13940 `makefile-browser-hook':
13941 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
13942 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
13944 `makefile-special-targets-list':
13945 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
13946 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
13947 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
13949 \(fn)" t nil)
13951 ;;;***
13952 \f
13953 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
13954 ;;;;;; 28917))
13955 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
13957 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
13958 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
13959 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
13961 \(fn)" t nil)
13963 ;;;***
13964 \f
13965 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15809 3073))
13966 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
13968 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
13970 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
13971 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
13972 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
13973 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
13974 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
13975 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
13976 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
13978 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
13979 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
13980 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
13981 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
13983 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
13985 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
13986 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
13988 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
13990 ;;;***
13991 \f
13992 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (15400 24164))
13993 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
13995 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
13996 Toggle Master mode.
13997 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
13998 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
13999 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
14001 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
14002 following commands:
14006 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
14007 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
14008 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
14010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14012 ;;;***
14013 \f
14014 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
14015 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
14016 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
14017 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
14018 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
14019 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
14020 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
14021 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
14022 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
14023 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15832 9189))
14024 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
14026 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
14029 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
14030 king@grassland.com
14031 If `parens', they look like:
14032 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14033 If `angles', they look like:
14034 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
14036 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
14037 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
14039 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
14040 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
14042 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
14043 *Local news organization file.")
14045 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
14046 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
14047 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
14048 variable `mail-header-separator'.
14050 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
14051 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
14052 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
14054 See also `send-mail-function'.")
14056 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
14059 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
14060 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
14062 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
14063 *Function for citing an original message.
14064 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
14065 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
14066 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
14068 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
14069 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
14070 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
14071 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
14072 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
14074 (defvar message-signature t "\
14075 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
14076 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
14077 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
14078 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
14080 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
14081 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
14082 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
14083 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
14085 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
14087 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
14088 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
14090 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
14091 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
14092 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14093 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
14094 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
14095 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
14096 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
14097 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
14098 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
14099 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
14100 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
14101 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
14102 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
14103 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
14104 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
14105 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
14106 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
14107 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
14108 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
14109 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
14110 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
14111 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
14113 \(fn)" t nil)
14115 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
14116 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14117 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
14119 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
14121 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
14122 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14124 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14126 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
14127 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
14129 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
14131 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
14134 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
14136 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
14137 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
14138 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
14140 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
14142 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
14143 Cancel an article you posted.
14144 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
14146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14148 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
14149 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
14150 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
14151 header line with the old Message-ID.
14153 \(fn)" t nil)
14155 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
14156 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
14158 \(fn)" t nil)
14160 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
14161 Forward the current message via mail.
14162 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
14163 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
14165 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
14167 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
14168 Not documented
14170 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
14172 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
14173 Not documented
14175 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
14177 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
14178 Let RMAIL uses message to forward.
14180 \(fn)" t nil)
14182 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
14183 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
14185 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
14187 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
14188 Re-mail the current message.
14189 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
14190 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
14191 you.
14193 \(fn)" t nil)
14195 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
14196 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
14198 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14200 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
14201 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
14203 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14205 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
14206 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14208 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14210 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
14211 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14213 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14215 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
14216 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
14217 Works by overstriking characters.
14218 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14219 which specify the range to operate on.
14221 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14223 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
14224 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
14225 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14226 which specify the range to operate on.
14228 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14230 ;;;***
14231 \f
14232 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
14233 ;;;;;; (15186 56483))
14234 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
14236 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14237 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
14238 Special commands:
14241 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
14242 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14244 \(fn)" t nil)
14246 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14247 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
14248 Special commands:
14251 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
14252 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14254 \(fn)" t nil)
14256 ;;;***
14257 \f
14258 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
14259 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
14260 ;;;;;; (14861 58026))
14261 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
14263 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
14264 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14265 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
14267 \(fn)" t nil)
14269 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
14270 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14271 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14272 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14273 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14274 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14275 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
14277 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14279 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
14280 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
14281 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14282 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14283 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14284 means current).
14285 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14286 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14288 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14290 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
14291 Process current region through 'metamail'.
14292 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14293 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14294 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14295 means current).
14296 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14297 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14299 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14301 ;;;***
14302 \f
14303 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose
14304 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (15770
14305 ;;;;;; 1321))
14306 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
14308 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
14309 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
14310 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
14311 to the MH mail system.
14315 \(fn)" t nil)
14317 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
14318 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14319 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
14320 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
14321 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
14322 that want to create a mail buffer.
14324 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
14325 OTHER-HEADERS.
14327 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
14329 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
14330 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14331 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to mh-e.
14333 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
14334 initial Subject field, respectively.
14336 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
14337 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
14338 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
14340 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
14342 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
14344 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
14345 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
14346 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
14347 to the MH mail system.
14351 \(fn)" t nil)
14353 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
14357 using the MH mail handling system.
14360 before sending the message. MIME directives that are added by mh-e commands
14362 message is sent.
14364 Options that control this mode can be changed with
14367 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14368 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
14372 ;;;***
14373 \f
14374 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el"
14375 ;;;;;; (15770 1321))
14376 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
14378 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
14379 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
14380 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to mh-e,
14381 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14385 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
14386 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
14387 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to mh-e,
14388 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14390 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14392 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
14393 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system.
14395 \(fn)" t nil)
14397 ;;;***
14398 \f
14399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (15770 1321))
14400 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
14402 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14404 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14406 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14408 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14410 ;;;***
14411 \f
14412 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
14413 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15185 62672))
14414 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
14416 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
14417 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
14418 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
14419 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
14420 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
14421 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
14422 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
14423 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
14424 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
14425 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
14428 \(fn)" t nil)
14430 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
14431 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
14432 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
14433 to its second argument TM.
14435 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
14437 ;;;***
14438 \f
14439 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
14440 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15381 46814))
14441 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
14443 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
14444 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
14445 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14446 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14449 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14451 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
14453 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
14454 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
14455 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
14456 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
14457 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
14458 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
14459 default indication.
14461 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14462 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14466 ;;;***
14467 \f
14468 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
14469 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
14470 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
14472 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
14473 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
14474 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
14475 the entire message.
14476 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
14478 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
14480 ;;;***
14481 \f
14482 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
14483 ;;;;;; (15216 151))
14484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
14486 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
14487 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
14489 \(fn)" nil nil)
14491 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
14492 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff.
14494 \(fn)" nil nil)
14496 ;;;***
14497 \f
14498 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
14499 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
14500 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
14502 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
14503 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
14504 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
14505 followed by the first character of the construct.
14522 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
14523 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
14524 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
14526 \(fn)" t nil)
14528 ;;;***
14529 \f
14530 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
14531 ;;;;;; (15186 44923))
14532 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
14534 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
14535 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
14537 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14539 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
14540 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
14542 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14544 ;;;***
14545 \f
14546 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15668
14547 ;;;;;; 8361))
14548 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
14550 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
14551 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
14552 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14553 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14556 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse-sel) (quote mouse-sel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14558 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-sel-mode) (quote mouse-sel))
14560 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
14561 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
14562 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
14563 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
14565 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
14567 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
14569 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
14571 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
14572 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
14573 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
14574 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
14575 Triple-clicking selects lines.
14576 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
14578 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
14579 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
14580 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
14581 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
14582 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
14584 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
14585 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
14587 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
14588 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
14590 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
14592 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
14593 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
14594 primary selection and region.
14596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14598 ;;;***
14599 \f
14600 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (15571 60771))
14601 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
14603 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
14604 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
14606 \(fn)" t nil)
14608 ;;;***
14609 \f
14610 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15577 9365))
14611 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
14613 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
14614 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
14615 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14616 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14619 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14621 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
14623 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
14624 Toggle Msb mode.
14625 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
14626 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
14627 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
14629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14631 ;;;***
14632 \f
14633 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
14634 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
14635 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
14636 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
14637 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
14638 ;;;;;; (15809 3074))
14639 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
14641 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
14642 Display a list of all character sets.
14644 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
14645 internal Emacs use.
14647 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
14648 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
14649 hexadecimal digits.
14650 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
14651 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
14653 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
14654 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
14655 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
14656 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
14658 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
14659 but still shows the full information.
14661 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14663 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
14664 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
14665 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
14666 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
14667 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
14669 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
14670 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
14671 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
14672 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
14673 detailed meanings of these arguments.
14675 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
14677 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
14678 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
14679 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
14680 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
14681 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
14683 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
14685 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
14686 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
14688 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
14690 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
14691 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
14693 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
14695 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
14696 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
14699 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
14700 in place of `..':
14701 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
14702 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
14703 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
14704 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
14705 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
14706 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
14707 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
14708 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
14709 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
14710 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
14711 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
14712 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
14713 `default-process-coding-system' for read
14714 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
14715 `default-process-coding-system' for write
14716 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
14718 \(fn)" t nil)
14720 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
14721 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
14723 \(fn)" t nil)
14725 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
14726 Display a list of all coding systems.
14727 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
14729 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
14730 but still contains full information about each coding system.
14732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14734 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
14735 Display a list of all coding categories.
14737 \(fn)" nil nil)
14739 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
14740 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
14742 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
14744 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
14745 Display information about FONTSET.
14746 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
14748 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
14750 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
14751 Display a list of all fontsets.
14752 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
14753 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
14754 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
14756 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14758 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
14759 Display information about all input methods.
14761 \(fn)" t nil)
14763 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
14764 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
14766 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
14767 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
14768 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
14769 system which uses fontsets).
14771 \(fn)" t nil)
14773 ;;;***
14774 \f
14775 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
14776 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
14777 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
14778 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
14779 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
14780 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (15816 1613))
14781 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
14783 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
14784 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
14785 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
14787 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
14789 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "21.4")
14791 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
14792 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
14794 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
14795 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
14797 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
14798 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
14800 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
14802 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
14803 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
14804 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
14805 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
14806 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
14807 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
14808 buffer; see also `char-width'.
14810 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
14811 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
14812 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
14813 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
14814 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
14815 middle of a character in STR.
14817 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
14818 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
14820 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
14821 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
14822 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
14823 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
14826 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
14828 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
14830 (make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1")
14832 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
14833 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
14835 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
14836 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
14837 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
14839 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
14840 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
14841 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
14843 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
14844 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
14845 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
14846 is considered.
14847 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
14848 longer than KEYSEQ.
14849 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
14851 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
14853 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
14854 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
14855 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
14856 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
14857 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
14858 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
14859 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
14860 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
14861 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
14862 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
14863 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
14865 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
14867 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
14868 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
14870 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
14872 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
14873 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
14875 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
14877 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
14878 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
14880 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
14882 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
14883 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
14885 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
14887 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
14888 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
14889 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
14890 or one is an alias of the other.
14892 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM-1 CODING-SYSTEM-2)" nil nil)
14894 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
14895 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
14896 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
14897 coding systems ordered by priority.
14899 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
14901 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
14902 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
14903 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
14904 language environment LANG-ENV.
14906 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
14908 ;;;***
14909 \f
14910 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
14911 ;;;;;; (15824 17822))
14912 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
14914 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
14915 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
14916 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14917 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14920 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14922 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
14924 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
14925 Toggle mouse wheel support.
14926 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14927 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14931 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
14932 Enable mouse wheel support.
14934 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
14936 ;;;***
14937 \f
14938 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
14939 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
14940 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
14941 ;;;;;; (15416 26762))
14942 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
14944 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
14945 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
14947 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
14949 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
14950 Ping HOST.
14951 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
14952 `ping-program-options'.
14954 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
14956 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
14957 Run ipconfig program.
14959 \(fn)" t nil)
14961 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
14963 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
14964 Run netstat program.
14966 \(fn)" t nil)
14968 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
14969 Run the arp program.
14971 \(fn)" t nil)
14973 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
14974 Run the route program.
14976 \(fn)" t nil)
14978 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
14979 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
14981 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
14983 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
14984 Run nslookup program.
14986 \(fn)" t nil)
14988 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
14989 Run dig program.
14991 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
14993 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
14994 Run ftp program.
14996 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
14998 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
14999 Finger USER on HOST.
15001 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
15003 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
15004 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
15005 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
15006 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
15008 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
15010 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
15011 Not documented
15013 \(fn)" t nil)
15015 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
15016 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
15018 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
15020 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
15021 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
15023 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
15025 ;;;***
15026 \f
15027 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region
15028 ;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column
15029 ;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars
15030 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
15031 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (15824 22242))
15032 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
15034 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
15036 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
15038 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
15040 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
15042 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
15043 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
15044 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
15045 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
15046 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
15047 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
15049 (defvar comment-start nil "\
15050 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
15052 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
15053 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
15055 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
15057 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
15058 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
15060 (defvar comment-end "" "\
15061 *String to insert to end a new comment.
15062 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
15064 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
15065 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
15066 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
15067 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
15068 column indentation or nil.
15069 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
15071 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
15072 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
15073 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
15075 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
15076 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
15077 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
15078 of the corresponding number of spaces.
15080 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
15081 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
15083 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
15084 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
15087 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
15088 Not documented
15090 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
15092 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
15093 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
15095 \(fn)" nil nil)
15097 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
15098 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
15099 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
15101 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
15103 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
15104 Set the comment column based on point.
15105 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
15106 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
15107 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
15108 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
15110 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15112 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
15113 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
15114 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
15116 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15118 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15119 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
15120 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
15121 comment markers.
15123 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15125 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
15126 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
15128 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
15129 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
15130 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
15131 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
15132 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
15134 The strings used as comment starts are built from
15135 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
15137 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15139 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15140 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
15141 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
15142 is passed on to the respective function.
15144 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15146 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
15147 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
15148 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
15149 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
15150 case it calls `uncomment-region').
15151 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
15152 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
15153 Else, call `comment-indent'.
15155 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15157 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
15158 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
15159 This indents the body of the continued comment
15160 under the previous comment line.
15162 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
15163 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
15166 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
15167 or comment indentation.
15169 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
15170 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
15172 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
15174 ;;;***
15175 \f
15176 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (15635
15177 ;;;;;; 30400))
15178 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
15180 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
15181 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
15182 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
15183 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
15184 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
15185 symbol in the alist.
15187 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
15189 ;;;***
15190 \f
15191 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
15192 ;;;;;; (15717 44266))
15193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
15195 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
15196 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
15197 This command does not work if you use short group names.
15199 \(fn)" t nil)
15201 ;;;***
15202 \f
15203 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
15204 ;;;;;; (14858 45538))
15205 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
15207 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
15209 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
15211 \(fn)" t nil)
15213 ;;;***
15214 \f
15215 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
15216 ;;;;;; (15538 8229))
15217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
15219 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
15220 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
15222 \(fn)" t nil)
15224 ;;;***
15225 \f
15226 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
15227 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (15654 60777))
15228 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
15230 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
15231 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
15233 \(fn)" t nil)
15235 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15236 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
15238 \(fn)" t nil)
15240 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15241 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
15243 \(fn)" t nil)
15245 ;;;***
15246 \f
15247 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
15248 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15513 5696))
15249 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
15251 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
15252 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
15253 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
15255 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" "\
15256 Not documented
15258 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15260 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
15261 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
15262 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15263 to future sessions.
15265 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15267 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
15268 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
15269 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15270 to future sessions.
15272 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15274 ;;;***
15275 \f
15276 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
15277 ;;;;;; (15293 32589))
15278 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
15280 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
15281 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
15283 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
15284 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
15285 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
15287 ;;;***
15288 \f
15289 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
15290 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
15291 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
15293 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
15294 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
15295 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
15296 specified by `octave-help-files'.
15297 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
15299 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15301 ;;;***
15302 \f
15303 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
15304 ;;;;;; (15186 56483))
15305 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
15307 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
15308 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
15309 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
15311 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
15313 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
15314 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
15316 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
15317 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
15318 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
15320 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15322 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
15324 ;;;***
15325 \f
15326 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
15327 ;;;;;; (15793 40695))
15328 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
15330 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
15331 Major mode for editing Octave code.
15333 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
15334 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
15335 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
15336 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
15338 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
15339 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
15340 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
15341 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
15342 is why you need this mode!).
15344 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
15345 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
15346 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
15350 Keybindings
15351 ===========
15355 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
15356 ==============================================
15358 octave-auto-indent
15359 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
15360 Default is nil.
15362 octave-auto-newline
15363 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
15364 Default is nil.
15366 octave-blink-matching-block
15367 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
15368 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
15370 octave-block-offset
15371 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
15372 Default is 2.
15374 octave-continuation-offset
15375 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
15376 Default is 4.
15378 octave-continuation-string
15379 String used for Octave continuation lines.
15380 Default is a backslash.
15382 octave-mode-startup-message
15383 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
15384 Default is t.
15386 octave-send-echo-input
15387 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
15388 command to the inferior Octave process.
15390 octave-send-line-auto-forward
15391 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
15392 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
15394 octave-send-echo-input
15395 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
15397 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
15399 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
15400 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
15403 (setq auto-mode-alist
15406 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
15407 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
15409 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
15410 (lambda ()
15411 (abbrev-mode 1)
15412 (auto-fill-mode 1)
15413 (if (eq window-system 'x)
15414 (font-lock-mode 1))))
15417 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
15418 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
15419 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
15421 \(fn)" t nil)
15423 ;;;***
15424 \f
15425 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
15426 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
15427 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
15429 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
15430 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
15431 It is now better to use Customize instead.
15433 \(fn)" t nil)
15435 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
15436 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
15437 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
15438 in which there are commands to set the option values.
15441 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
15443 \(fn)" t nil)
15445 ;;;***
15446 \f
15447 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
15448 ;;;;;; (15809 3075))
15449 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
15451 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
15452 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
15453 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
15454 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
15456 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
15457 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
15458 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
15459 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
15471 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
15472 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
15476 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
15477 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
15481 The subheadings remain visible.
15484 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
15485 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
15486 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
15488 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
15489 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
15491 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
15492 Toggle Outline minor mode.
15493 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15494 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
15496 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15498 ;;;***
15499 \f
15500 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15741 11233))
15501 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
15503 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
15504 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
15505 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15506 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15509 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15511 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
15513 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
15514 Toggle Show Paren mode.
15515 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
15516 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
15518 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
15519 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
15521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15523 ;;;***
15524 \f
15525 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (15736
15526 ;;;;;; 22106))
15527 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
15529 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
15531 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15533 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
15536 Other useful functions are:
15548 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
15550 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
15551 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
15552 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
15553 Indentation for case statements.
15554 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
15555 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
15556 mark after an end.
15557 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
15558 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
15559 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
15560 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
15561 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
15562 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
15563 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
15564 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
15565 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
15566 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
15568 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
15569 pascal-separator-keywords.
15571 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
15572 no args, if that value is non-nil.
15574 \(fn)" t nil)
15576 ;;;***
15577 \f
15578 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
15579 ;;;;;; (15214 27238))
15580 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
15582 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
15583 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
15584 The keys affected are:
15585 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
15586 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
15587 M-Backspace does undo.
15588 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
15589 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
15590 C-Escape does list-buffers.
15592 \(fn)" t nil)
15594 ;;;***
15595 \f
15596 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
15597 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15509 28072))
15598 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
15600 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
15601 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
15602 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15603 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15606 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15608 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
15610 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
15611 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
15613 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
15615 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
15616 which modify the status of the mark.
15618 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
15619 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
15621 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
15622 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
15624 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
15625 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
15626 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
15627 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
15628 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
15630 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
15631 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
15633 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
15634 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
15635 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
15637 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
15638 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
15639 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
15641 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
15642 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
15644 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
15645 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
15646 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
15648 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
15649 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
15650 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
15652 F6 other-window
15653 DELETE delete-char
15654 C-DELETE kill-line
15655 M-DELETE kill-word
15656 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
15657 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
15658 M-BACKSPACE undo
15660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15662 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
15663 Toggle PC Selection mode.
15664 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
15665 and cursor movement commands.
15666 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
15669 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15671 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
15673 ;;;***
15674 \f
15675 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15644
15676 ;;;;;; 49243))
15677 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
15679 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
15680 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
15682 \(fn)" nil nil)
15684 ;;;***
15685 \f
15686 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
15687 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15185 62672))
15688 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
15690 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
15691 Completion for `gzip'.
15693 \(fn)" nil nil)
15695 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
15696 Completion for `bzip2'.
15698 \(fn)" nil nil)
15700 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
15701 Completion for GNU `make'.
15703 \(fn)" nil nil)
15705 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
15706 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
15708 \(fn)" nil nil)
15710 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
15712 ;;;***
15713 \f
15714 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
15715 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15185 62672))
15716 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
15718 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
15719 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
15721 \(fn)" nil nil)
15723 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
15724 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
15726 \(fn)" nil nil)
15728 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
15729 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
15731 \(fn)" nil nil)
15733 ;;;***
15734 \f
15735 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15185
15736 ;;;;;; 62672))
15737 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
15739 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
15740 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
15741 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
15742 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
15743 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
15746 \(fn)" nil nil)
15748 ;;;***
15749 \f
15750 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
15751 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
15752 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15185 62672))
15753 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
15755 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
15756 Completion for `cd'.
15758 \(fn)" nil nil)
15760 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
15762 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
15763 Completion for `rmdir'.
15765 \(fn)" nil nil)
15767 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
15768 Completion for `rm'.
15770 \(fn)" nil nil)
15772 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
15773 Completion for `xargs'.
15775 \(fn)" nil nil)
15777 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
15779 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
15780 Completion for `which'.
15782 \(fn)" nil nil)
15784 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
15785 Completion for the `chown' command.
15787 \(fn)" nil nil)
15789 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
15790 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
15792 \(fn)" nil nil)
15794 ;;;***
15795 \f
15796 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
15797 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
15798 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15694
15799 ;;;;;; 56048))
15800 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
15802 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
15803 Support extensible programmable completion.
15804 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
15805 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
15807 \(fn)" t nil)
15809 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
15810 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
15812 \(fn)" t nil)
15814 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
15815 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
15816 This will modify the current buffer.
15818 \(fn)" t nil)
15820 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
15821 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
15823 \(fn)" t nil)
15825 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
15826 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
15827 This will modify the current buffer.
15829 \(fn)" t nil)
15831 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
15832 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
15834 \(fn)" t nil)
15836 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
15837 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
15839 \(fn)" t nil)
15841 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
15842 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
15843 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
15844 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
15845 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
15847 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
15849 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
15850 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
15852 \(fn)" nil nil)
15854 ;;;***
15855 \f
15856 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
15857 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
15858 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15833 21636))
15859 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
15861 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
15862 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
15863 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
15864 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
15866 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
15868 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS)" t nil)
15870 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
15871 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
15872 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
15874 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
15875 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
15876 FLAGS is ignored.
15878 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
15880 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
15881 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
15882 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
15883 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
15884 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
15886 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
15887 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
15889 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
15891 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
15892 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
15893 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
15896 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
15897 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
15898 passed to cvs.
15900 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
15902 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
15903 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
15904 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
15905 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
15907 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
15908 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
15910 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
15912 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
15914 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
15915 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
15916 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
15918 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
15919 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
15920 nil means never do it.
15921 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
15922 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
15923 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
15925 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
15926 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
15927 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
15929 ;;;***
15930 \f
15931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15825 48257))
15932 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
15934 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
15936 ;;;***
15937 \f
15938 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
15939 ;;;;;; (15825 48260))
15940 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
15942 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
15943 Major mode for editing Perl code.
15944 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
15945 Tab indents for Perl code.
15947 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
15948 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15950 Variables controlling indentation style:
15951 `perl-tab-always-indent'
15952 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
15953 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
15954 `perl-tab-to-comment'
15955 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
15956 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
15957 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
15958 `perl-nochange'
15959 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
15960 `perl-indent-level'
15961 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
15962 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
15963 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
15964 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
15965 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
15966 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
15967 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
15968 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
15969 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
15970 `perl-brace-offset'
15971 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
15972 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
15973 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
15974 this far to the right of the start of its line.
15975 `perl-label-offset'
15976 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
15977 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
15978 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
15980 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
15981 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
15982 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
15983 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
15984 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
15985 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
15986 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
15988 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
15990 \(fn)" t nil)
15992 ;;;***
15993 \f
15994 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
15995 ;;;;;; (15809 3075))
15996 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
15998 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
15999 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
16000 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
16001 afterwards settable by these commands:
16002 C-c < Move left after insertion.
16003 C-c > Move right after insertion.
16004 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
16005 C-c . Move down after insertion.
16006 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
16007 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
16008 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
16010 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
16011 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
16012 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
16014 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
16015 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
16016 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
16017 with these commands:
16023 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
16024 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
16025 Return Move to beginning of next line.
16026 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
16027 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
16028 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
16029 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
16030 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
16031 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
16032 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
16035 You can manipulate text with these commands:
16036 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
16037 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
16038 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
16040 text is saved in the kill ring.
16042 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
16043 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
16044 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
16045 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
16046 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
16047 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
16050 commands if invoked soon enough.
16051 You can return to the previous mode with:
16052 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
16053 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
16055 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
16057 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
16058 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
16060 \(fn)" t nil)
16062 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
16064 ;;;***
16065 \f
16066 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
16067 ;;;;;; (15809 3075))
16068 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
16070 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
16071 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
16072 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
16074 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16076 ;;;***
16077 \f
16078 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15745 59489))
16079 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
16081 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
16082 Play pong and waste time.
16083 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
16084 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
16090 \(fn)" t nil)
16092 ;;;***
16093 \f
16094 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
16095 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15467 59919))
16096 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
16098 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
16099 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
16100 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
16101 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
16103 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
16105 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
16106 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
16107 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
16108 can handle, whenever this is possible.
16109 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
16111 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
16113 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
16114 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
16115 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
16116 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
16117 in the variable `values'.
16119 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
16121 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
16122 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
16123 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
16124 Ignores leading comment characters.
16126 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16128 ;;;***
16129 \f
16130 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
16131 ;;;;;; (15608 6934))
16132 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
16134 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
16135 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
16136 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
16137 Commands:
16139 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
16140 if that value is non-nil.
16142 \(fn)" t nil)
16144 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
16145 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
16147 \(fn)" t nil)
16149 ;;;***
16150 \f
16151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15272 24982))
16152 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
16154 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
16155 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
16158 ;;;***
16159 \f
16160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (15490 41428))
16161 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
16164 ;;;***
16165 \f
16166 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
16167 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
16168 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
16169 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15631 17763))
16170 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
16172 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
16173 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
16175 Valid values are:
16177 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
16178 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
16179 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
16180 changed by setting the variable
16181 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
16182 The initial value of this variable is
16183 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
16184 documentation).
16186 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
16187 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
16188 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
16189 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
16190 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
16191 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
16192 test it.
16194 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
16195 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
16196 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
16197 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
16198 source file. BDF fonts are included in
16199 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
16200 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
16201 use this value, be sure to have installed
16202 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
16203 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
16204 documentation of this variable).
16206 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
16207 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
16208 characters. This is convenient when you want or
16209 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
16210 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
16211 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
16213 Any other value is treated as nil.")
16215 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
16216 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
16217 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
16219 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16221 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
16222 Not documented
16224 \(fn)" nil nil)
16226 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
16227 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
16229 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
16231 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
16233 Returns the value:
16235 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
16237 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
16238 the sequence.
16240 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
16242 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
16243 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
16245 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
16246 composition.
16248 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
16250 Returns the value:
16252 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
16254 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
16255 the sequence.
16257 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
16259 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
16260 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
16262 \(fn)" nil nil)
16264 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
16265 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
16268 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
16270 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
16271 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings.
16273 \(fn)" nil nil)
16275 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
16276 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
16277 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
16279 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
16281 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
16282 Not documented
16284 \(fn)" nil nil)
16286 ;;;***
16287 \f
16288 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
16289 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
16290 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
16291 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
16292 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
16293 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (15766
16294 ;;;;;; 29665))
16295 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
16297 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
16298 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
16299 See `ps-paper-type'.")
16301 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
16302 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
16303 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
16304 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
16306 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
16307 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
16309 Valid values are:
16311 nil Do not print colors.
16313 t Print colors.
16315 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
16316 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
16318 Any other value is treated as t.")
16320 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
16321 Customization of ps-print group.
16323 \(fn)" t nil)
16325 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
16326 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
16328 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
16329 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
16330 sending it to the printer.
16332 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
16333 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
16334 image in a file with that name.
16336 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16338 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
16339 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
16340 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
16341 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
16342 so it has a way to determine color values.
16344 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16346 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
16347 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
16348 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
16350 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16352 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
16353 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
16354 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
16355 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
16356 so it has a way to determine color values.
16358 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16360 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
16361 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
16362 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
16363 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
16365 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
16367 \(fn)" t nil)
16369 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
16370 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
16371 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
16372 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
16373 so it has a way to determine color values.
16375 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
16377 \(fn)" t nil)
16379 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
16380 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
16381 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
16383 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
16385 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16387 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
16388 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
16389 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
16390 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
16391 so it has a way to determine color values.
16393 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
16395 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16397 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
16398 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
16400 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
16401 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
16402 instead of sending it to the printer.
16404 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
16405 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
16406 image in a file with that name.
16408 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16410 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
16411 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
16412 Done using the current ps-print setup.
16416 \(fn)" t nil)
16418 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
16419 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
16420 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
16422 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
16424 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
16425 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
16426 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
16428 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
16430 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
16431 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
16433 \(fn)" nil nil)
16435 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
16436 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
16438 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
16439 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
16441 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
16442 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
16444 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
16446 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
16448 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
16450 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
16451 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
16453 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
16454 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
16456 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
16457 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
16459 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
16461 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
16463 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
16465 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
16466 foreground and background colors respectively.
16468 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
16469 bold - use bold font.
16470 italic - use italic font.
16471 underline - put a line under text.
16472 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
16473 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
16474 shadow - text will have a shadow.
16475 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
16476 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
16478 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
16480 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
16482 ;;;***
16483 \f
16484 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
16485 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
16486 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
16487 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
16488 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15821 18406))
16489 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
16491 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
16492 Return the title of the current Quail package.
16494 \(fn)" nil nil)
16496 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
16497 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
16498 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
16500 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
16501 `quail-activate', which see.
16503 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
16505 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
16506 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
16507 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
16508 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
16509 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
16510 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
16511 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
16513 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
16514 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
16515 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
16516 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
16517 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
16518 shown.
16519 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
16521 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
16522 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
16525 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
16526 list of candidates.
16528 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
16529 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
16530 command to be called.
16532 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
16533 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
16534 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
16535 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
16537 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
16538 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
16539 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
16540 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
16541 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
16542 to t.
16544 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
16545 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
16546 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
16547 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
16549 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
16550 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
16551 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
16552 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
16554 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
16555 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
16556 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
16557 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
16558 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
16559 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
16561 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
16562 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
16565 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
16568 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
16569 covers Quail translation region.
16571 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
16572 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
16573 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
16574 for it) is inserted.
16576 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
16577 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
16578 vs. corresponding command to be called.
16580 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
16581 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
16582 non-Quail commands.
16584 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
16586 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
16587 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
16589 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
16590 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
16591 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
16592 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
16593 you type is correctly handled.
16595 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
16597 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
16598 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
16600 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
16601 keyboard type.
16603 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
16605 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
16606 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
16607 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
16608 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
16609 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
16610 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
16611 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
16612 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
16613 for the translation.
16614 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
16616 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
16617 it is used to handle KEY.
16619 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
16620 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
16621 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
16622 the following annotation types are supported.
16624 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
16625 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
16627 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
16628 candidate list.
16630 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
16631 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
16632 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
16633 inserted.
16635 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
16636 generated for the following translations.
16638 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
16640 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
16641 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
16643 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
16644 which to install MAP.
16646 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
16648 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
16650 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
16651 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
16653 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
16654 which to install MAP.
16656 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
16658 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
16660 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
16661 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
16662 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
16663 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
16664 a function, or a cons.
16665 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
16666 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
16667 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
16668 for the translation.
16669 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
16670 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
16671 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
16672 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
16673 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
16675 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
16676 it is used to handle KEY.
16678 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
16679 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
16680 current Quail package.
16682 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
16683 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
16685 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
16687 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
16688 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
16690 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
16691 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
16693 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
16695 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
16696 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
16698 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
16700 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
16701 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
16702 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
16703 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
16704 of the Emacs source tree.
16706 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
16709 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
16710 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
16711 of each directory.
16713 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
16715 ;;;***
16716 \f
16717 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
16718 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
16719 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15186
16720 ;;;;;; 56483))
16721 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
16723 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
16724 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
16725 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
16726 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
16728 To make use of this do something like:
16730 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
16732 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
16734 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
16735 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
16737 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
16738 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
16739 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
16741 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
16743 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
16744 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
16746 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
16748 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
16749 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
16751 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
16752 is decided.
16754 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
16756 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
16757 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
16759 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
16760 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
16761 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
16763 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
16765 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
16766 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
16768 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
16770 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
16771 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
16773 \(fn)" t nil)
16775 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
16776 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
16778 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
16782 \(fn)" t nil)
16784 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
16785 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
16787 \(fn)" t nil)
16789 ;;;***
16790 \f
16791 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15425
16792 ;;;;;; 23455))
16793 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
16795 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
16796 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
16799 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
16801 ;;;***
16802 \f
16803 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
16804 ;;;;;; (15832 9160))
16805 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
16807 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
16808 Call up the RE Builder for the current window.
16810 \(fn)" t nil)
16812 ;;;***
16813 \f
16814 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
16815 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
16816 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (15565 4605))
16817 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
16819 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
16820 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'.
16822 \(fn)" t nil)
16824 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
16825 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list.
16827 \(fn)" t nil)
16829 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
16830 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'.
16832 \(fn)" t nil)
16834 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
16835 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
16836 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
16837 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
16838 which buffer to use for the interaction.
16840 \(fn &optional FILES BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
16842 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
16843 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu.
16845 \(fn)" t nil)
16847 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
16848 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
16849 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16850 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16853 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16855 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
16857 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
16858 Toggle recentf mode.
16859 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16860 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16862 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
16863 were operated on recently.
16865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16867 ;;;***
16868 \f
16869 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
16870 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
16871 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
16872 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15670
16873 ;;;;;; 23755))
16874 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
16876 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
16877 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
16878 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
16879 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
16881 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
16883 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
16885 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
16886 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
16887 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
16888 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
16889 ends.
16891 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
16892 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
16893 to be deleted.
16895 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
16897 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
16898 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
16899 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
16901 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
16902 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
16903 deleted.
16905 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
16907 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
16908 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
16909 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
16911 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
16913 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
16914 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
16916 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
16917 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
16919 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
16920 deleted.
16922 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
16924 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
16925 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
16927 \(fn)" t nil)
16929 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
16930 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
16931 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
16932 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
16933 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
16934 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
16935 and point is at the lower right corner.
16937 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
16939 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
16940 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
16942 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
16943 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
16945 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
16946 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
16947 on the right side of the rectangle.
16949 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
16951 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
16953 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
16954 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
16955 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
16956 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
16957 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
16959 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
16960 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
16962 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
16964 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
16965 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
16966 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
16968 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
16970 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
16972 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
16974 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
16975 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
16977 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
16978 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
16979 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
16981 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
16983 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
16984 Blank out the region-rectangle.
16985 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
16987 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
16988 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
16989 rectangle which were empty.
16991 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
16993 ;;;***
16994 \f
16995 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (15832
16996 ;;;;;; 36128))
16997 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
16999 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
17000 Toggle Refill minor mode.
17001 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
17003 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
17004 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
17005 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
17007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17009 ;;;***
17010 \f
17011 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
17012 ;;;;;; (15789 45748))
17013 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
17015 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
17016 Turn on RefTeX mode.
17018 \(fn)" nil nil)
17020 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
17027 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
17028 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
17032 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
17035 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
17036 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
17039 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
17040 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
17042 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
17046 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
17047 on the menu bar.
17049 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17053 ;;;***
17054 \f
17055 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
17056 ;;;;;; (15714 7356))
17057 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
17059 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
17060 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
17061 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
17063 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
17064 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
17066 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
17068 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
17070 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
17071 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
17073 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
17075 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
17076 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
17077 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
17078 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
17080 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
17082 ;;;***
17083 \f
17084 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
17085 ;;;;;; (15723 19553))
17086 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
17088 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
17089 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
17090 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
17092 To insert new phrases, use
17096 To index phrases use one of:
17107 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
17109 Here are all local bindings.
17113 \(fn)" t nil)
17115 ;;;***
17116 \f
17117 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
17118 ;;;;;; (15631 43946))
17119 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
17121 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
17122 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
17123 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
17124 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
17125 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
17126 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
17131 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
17134 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
17136 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
17137 Return the depth of REGEXP.
17138 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
17139 in REGEXP.
17141 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
17143 ;;;***
17144 \f
17145 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15182 61046))
17146 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
17148 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
17149 Repeat most recently executed command.
17150 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
17151 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
17152 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
17154 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
17155 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
17156 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
17158 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
17160 ;;;***
17161 \f
17162 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
17163 ;;;;;; (15356 45077))
17164 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
17166 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
17167 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
17169 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
17170 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
17171 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
17172 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
17173 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
17174 and point is left after the salutation.
17176 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
17177 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
17178 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
17179 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
17180 left after that text.
17182 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
17183 is non-nil.
17185 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
17186 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
17187 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
17188 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
17190 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
17192 ;;;***
17193 \f
17194 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
17195 ;;;;;; (15363 54485))
17196 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
17198 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
17199 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
17200 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
17201 visibility of comments that precede it.
17202 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
17203 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
17204 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
17205 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
17206 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
17207 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
17208 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
17209 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
17210 the comment lines.
17211 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
17212 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
17213 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
17214 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
17215 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
17217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17218 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
17220 ;;;***
17221 \f
17222 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
17223 ;;;;;; 50658))
17224 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
17226 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
17227 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
17229 \(fn)" nil nil)
17231 ;;;***
17232 \f
17233 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
17234 ;;;;;; (15833 52442))
17235 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
17237 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
17238 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
17239 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
17241 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
17242 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
17243 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
17245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17247 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
17248 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
17249 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17250 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17253 (custom-add-to-group (quote reveal) (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17255 (custom-add-load (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote reveal))
17257 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
17258 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
17259 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
17261 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
17262 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
17263 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
17265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17267 ;;;***
17268 \f
17269 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
17270 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
17271 ;;;;;; (15724 26374))
17272 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
17274 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
17275 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
17276 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
17277 If emacs is not running under a window system,
17278 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
17280 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
17281 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
17282 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
17283 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
17284 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
17286 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
17287 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
17288 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17289 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17292 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote file-name-shadow-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17294 (custom-add-load (quote file-name-shadow-mode) (quote rfn-eshadow))
17296 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
17297 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
17298 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
17299 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
17300 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
17301 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
17302 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
17304 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17305 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17307 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17309 ;;;***
17310 \f
17311 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
17312 ;;;;;; (14632 7438))
17313 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
17315 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
17316 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
17318 \(fn X)" nil nil)
17320 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
17321 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
17323 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
17325 ;;;***
17326 \f
17327 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (15504 36563))
17328 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
17331 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
17332 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
17333 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
17334 other arguments for `rlogin'.
17336 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
17338 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
17339 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
17340 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
17341 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
17343 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
17344 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
17346 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
17347 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
17349 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
17350 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
17351 INPUT-ARGS.
17353 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
17354 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
17355 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
17356 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
17357 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
17359 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
17360 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
17361 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
17362 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
17364 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
17365 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
17366 variable.
17368 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
17370 ;;;***
17371 \f
17372 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
17373 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
17374 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
17375 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
17376 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
17377 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
17378 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15832 36128))
17379 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
17381 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17382 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17383 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
17384 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
17386 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
17387 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
17388 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
17389 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
17390 value is the user's email address and name.)
17391 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
17393 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date" "\\|^x.*-priority:\\|^x-mimeole:") "\
17394 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
17395 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
17396 which normally happens once for each message,
17397 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
17398 To make a change in this variable take effect
17399 for a message that you have already viewed,
17402 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
17403 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
17404 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
17405 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
17407 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
17408 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
17411 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
17412 A value of nil means don't highlight.
17413 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
17415 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
17416 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
17418 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
17419 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
17421 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
17422 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
17424 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
17425 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
17427 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
17428 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
17430 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
17431 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
17434 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
17436 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
17437 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
17439 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
17440 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
17442 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
17443 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
17445 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
17446 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
17448 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
17449 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
17451 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
17452 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
17453 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
17454 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
17456 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
17457 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
17459 This is set to nil by default.")
17461 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
17462 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
17463 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
17464 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
17465 until a user explicitly requires it.")
17467 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
17468 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
17469 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
17470 It is called with no argument.")
17472 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
17473 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
17474 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
17475 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
17476 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
17477 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
17478 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
17480 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
17481 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
17482 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
17483 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
17484 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
17485 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
17487 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
17488 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
17489 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
17490 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
17491 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
17493 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
17494 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
17495 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
17496 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
17497 MSG is the message number,
17498 REGEXP is the regular expression,
17499 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
17501 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
17502 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
17503 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
17504 this feature is required with `require'.")
17506 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
17507 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
17508 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
17509 the message is decoded as normal way.
17511 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
17512 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
17513 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
17515 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
17516 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
17517 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
17519 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
17520 Read and edit incoming mail.
17521 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
17522 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
17525 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
17526 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
17527 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
17528 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
17530 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
17532 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
17534 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
17536 All normal editing commands are turned off.
17537 Instead, these commands are available:
17539 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
17552 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
17553 till a deleted message is found.
17554 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
17567 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
17572 (label defaults to last one specified).
17573 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
17583 \(fn)" t nil)
17585 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
17586 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
17588 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17590 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
17591 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server.
17593 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
17595 ;;;***
17596 \f
17597 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
17598 ;;;;;; (15830 33418))
17599 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
17601 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
17602 Edit the contents of this message.
17604 \(fn)" t nil)
17606 ;;;***
17607 \f
17608 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
17609 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
17610 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15185 49575))
17611 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
17613 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
17614 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
17615 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
17617 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
17619 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
17620 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
17621 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
17623 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
17625 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
17626 Not documented
17628 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
17630 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
17631 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
17632 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
17633 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
17634 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
17636 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
17638 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
17639 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
17640 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
17641 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
17642 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
17644 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
17646 ;;;***
17647 \f
17648 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
17649 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
17650 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
17652 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
17653 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
17654 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
17655 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
17657 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
17659 ;;;***
17660 \f
17661 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
17662 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
17663 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15185 49575))
17664 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
17666 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
17667 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
17668 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
17669 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
17670 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
17671 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
17672 a file name as a string.")
17674 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
17675 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
17676 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
17677 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
17678 buffer visiting that file.
17679 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
17680 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
17682 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
17683 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
17685 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
17686 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
17688 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
17689 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
17691 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
17693 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
17694 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
17696 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
17697 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
17698 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
17699 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
17700 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
17702 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
17703 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
17704 will be appended with their original headers.
17706 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
17707 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
17709 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
17710 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
17712 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
17714 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
17716 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
17717 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
17718 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
17720 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
17722 ;;;***
17723 \f
17724 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
17725 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
17726 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15185
17727 ;;;;;; 49575))
17728 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
17730 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
17731 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
17732 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
17734 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
17736 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
17737 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
17738 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
17740 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
17742 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
17743 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
17744 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
17746 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
17748 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
17749 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
17750 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
17752 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
17754 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
17755 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
17756 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
17758 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
17760 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
17761 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
17762 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
17764 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
17766 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
17767 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
17768 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
17769 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
17771 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
17773 ;;;***
17774 \f
17775 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
17776 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
17777 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
17778 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
17779 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15649 48498))
17780 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
17782 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
17783 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
17785 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
17786 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
17788 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
17789 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
17791 \(fn)" t nil)
17793 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
17794 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
17795 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
17797 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
17799 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
17800 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
17801 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
17802 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
17803 only look in the To and From fields.
17804 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
17806 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
17808 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
17809 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
17810 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
17811 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
17812 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
17814 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
17816 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
17817 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
17818 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
17819 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
17820 look in the whole message.
17821 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
17823 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
17825 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
17826 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
17827 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
17829 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
17831 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
17832 *Function to decode summary-line.
17834 By default, `identity' is set.")
17836 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
17837 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
17838 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
17839 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
17840 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
17841 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
17842 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
17844 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
17845 sent by you under different user names.
17846 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
17848 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
17850 ;;;***
17851 \f
17852 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
17853 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
17854 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
17856 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
17857 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
17859 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
17861 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
17863 ;;;***
17864 \f
17865 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
17866 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (15600 5650))
17867 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
17869 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
17870 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
17872 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
17874 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
17875 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
17877 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
17879 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
17880 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
17882 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17884 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
17885 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
17886 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
17888 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
17889 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
17890 in rot 13.
17892 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
17894 \(fn)" t nil)
17896 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
17897 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
17899 \(fn)" t nil)
17901 ;;;***
17902 \f
17903 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
17904 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
17905 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
17906 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
17907 ;;;;;; (15245 60238))
17908 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
17910 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
17911 *This variable is obsolete.")
17913 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17915 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
17917 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
17918 *This variable is obsolete.")
17920 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
17921 *This variable is obsolete.")
17923 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
17924 *This variable is obsolete.")
17926 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
17927 *This variable is obsolete.")
17929 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
17930 *This variable is obsolete.")
17932 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
17933 This function is obsolete.
17935 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
17937 ;;;***
17938 \f
17939 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (15744
17940 ;;;;;; 2097))
17941 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
17943 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
17944 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
17946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17948 ;;;***
17949 \f
17950 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15736
17951 ;;;;;; 21956))
17952 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
17954 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
17955 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
17956 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
17957 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
17959 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
17961 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
17962 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
17963 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
17965 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
17966 notation.
17968 STRING
17969 matches string STRING literally.
17971 CHAR
17972 matches character CHAR literally.
17974 `not-newline'
17975 matches any character except a newline.
17976 .
17977 `anything'
17978 matches any character
17980 `(any SET)'
17981 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
17982 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
17984 '(in SET)'
17985 like `any'.
17987 `(not (any SET))'
17988 matches any character not in SET
17990 `line-start'
17991 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
17992 in the text being matched
17994 `line-end'
17995 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
17997 `string-start'
17998 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
17999 string being matched against.
18001 `string-end'
18002 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
18003 string being matched against.
18005 `buffer-start'
18006 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
18007 buffer being matched against.
18009 `buffer-end'
18010 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
18011 buffer being matched against.
18013 `point'
18014 matches the empty string, but only at point.
18016 `word-start'
18017 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
18018 word.
18020 `word-end'
18021 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
18023 `word-boundary'
18024 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
18025 word.
18027 `(not word-boundary)'
18028 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
18029 word.
18031 `digit'
18032 matches 0 through 9.
18034 `control'
18035 matches ASCII control characters.
18037 `hex-digit'
18038 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
18040 `blank'
18041 matches space and tab only.
18043 `graphic'
18044 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
18045 space, and DEL.
18047 `printing'
18048 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
18049 and DEL.
18051 `alphanumeric'
18052 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
18053 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
18055 `letter'
18056 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
18057 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
18059 `ascii'
18060 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
18062 `nonascii'
18063 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
18065 `lower'
18066 matches anything lower-case.
18068 `upper'
18069 matches anything upper-case.
18071 `punctuation'
18072 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
18073 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
18075 `space'
18076 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
18078 `word'
18079 matches anything that has word syntax.
18081 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
18082 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
18083 of the following symbols.
18099 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
18100 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
18102 `(category CATEGORY)'
18103 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
18104 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
18145 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
18146 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
18148 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
18149 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
18151 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
18152 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
18153 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
18155 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
18156 another name for `submatch'.
18158 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
18159 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
18160 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
18161 regular expression.
18163 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
18164 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
18166 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
18167 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
18169 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
18170 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
18172 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
18173 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
18175 `(0+ SEXP)'
18176 like `zero-or-more'.
18178 `(* SEXP)'
18179 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
18181 `(*? SEXP)'
18182 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
18184 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
18185 matches one or more occurrences of A.
18187 `(1+ SEXP)'
18188 like `one-or-more'.
18190 `(+ SEXP)'
18191 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
18193 `(+? SEXP)'
18194 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
18196 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
18197 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
18199 `(optional SEXP)'
18200 like `zero-or-one'.
18202 `(? SEXP)'
18203 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
18205 `(?? SEXP)'
18206 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
18208 `(repeat N SEXP)'
18209 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
18211 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
18212 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
18214 `(eval FORM)'
18215 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
18216 `regexp-quote' it.
18218 `(regexp REGEXP)'
18219 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
18221 \(fn REGEXP)" nil (quote macro))
18223 ;;;***
18224 \f
18225 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
18226 ;;;;;; (15809 3075))
18227 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
18229 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
18230 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
18231 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
18233 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
18234 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
18235 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
18236 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
18238 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
18240 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
18242 Commands:
18243 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
18244 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
18246 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
18247 if that value is non-nil.
18249 \(fn)" t nil)
18251 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
18252 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
18253 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
18255 Commands:
18256 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
18257 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
18259 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
18260 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
18261 that variable's value is a string.
18263 \(fn)" t nil)
18265 ;;;***
18266 \f
18267 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
18268 ;;;;;; (14791 27653))
18269 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
18271 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
18272 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
18273 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
18277 \(fn)" t nil)
18279 ;;;***
18280 \f
18281 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (15394
18282 ;;;;;; 10702))
18283 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
18285 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
18286 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
18287 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
18290 Interesting variables:
18292 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
18293 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
18295 `scribe-electric-quote'
18296 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
18298 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
18299 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
18300 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
18302 ;;;***
18303 \f
18304 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
18305 ;;;;;; (15703 61092))
18306 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
18308 (defvar scroll-all-mode "Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.\nWith ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.\nWhen Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window\napply to all visible windows in the same frame." "\
18309 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
18310 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18311 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18314 (custom-add-to-group (quote scroll-all) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18316 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
18318 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
18319 *SL*
18321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18323 ;;;***
18324 \f
18325 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
18326 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file
18327 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
18328 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
18329 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
18330 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (15818 42049))
18331 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
18333 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
18336 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
18337 king@grassland.com
18338 If `parens', they look like:
18339 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
18340 If `angles', they look like:
18341 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
18342 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
18343 derived from the envelope-from address.
18345 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
18346 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
18347 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
18348 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
18350 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
18351 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
18352 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
18353 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
18355 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
18356 is a privileged operation.")
18358 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
18359 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
18360 This is done when the message is initialized,
18361 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
18363 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
18364 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
18365 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
18367 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
18368 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
18370 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
18371 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
18372 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
18373 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
18374 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
18375 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
18376 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
18378 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
18379 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
18381 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
18382 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
18383 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
18385 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
18386 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
18387 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
18388 when you first send mail.")
18390 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
18391 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
18392 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
18393 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
18394 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
18396 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
18397 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
18398 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
18399 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
18400 This file need not actually exist.")
18402 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
18403 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
18404 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
18405 If a string, that string is inserted.
18407 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
18408 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
18409 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
18411 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
18412 *Directory for mail buffers.
18413 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
18414 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
18416 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
18417 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
18418 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
18420 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
18429 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
18430 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
18432 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
18433 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
18434 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18435 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
18436 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
18437 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
18439 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
18440 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
18441 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
18443 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
18444 User should not set this variable manually,
18445 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
18446 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
18447 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
18448 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
18450 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
18451 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
18452 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
18453 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
18455 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
18456 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
18461 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
18462 to move to message header fields:
18465 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
18466 when the message is initialized.
18468 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
18469 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
18471 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
18472 is inserted.
18474 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
18475 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
18477 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
18478 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
18480 The second through fifth arguments,
18481 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
18482 the initial contents of those header fields.
18483 These arguments should not have final newlines.
18484 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
18485 original message being replied to, or else an action
18486 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
18487 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
18488 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
18489 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
18490 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
18491 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
18493 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
18495 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
18496 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18498 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
18500 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
18501 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18503 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
18505 ;;;***
18506 \f
18507 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (15815 8093))
18508 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
18510 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
18511 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
18512 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
18514 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
18517 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
18519 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
18521 ;;;***
18522 \f
18523 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (15765 63714))
18524 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
18526 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
18529 Key definitions:
18531 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
18533 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
18536 \(fn)" t nil)
18538 ;;;***
18539 \f
18540 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
18541 ;;;;;; (15832 36129))
18542 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
18544 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
18545 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
18546 Makes > match <.
18548 `sgml-quick-keys'.
18550 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
18551 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
18552 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
18554 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
18555 your `.emacs' file.
18563 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
18564 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
18565 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
18566 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
18568 which this is based.
18570 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
18572 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
18573 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
18574 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
18575 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
18577 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
18578 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
18579 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
18581 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
18582 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
18583 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
18584 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
18589 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
18593 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
18594 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
18595 To work around that, do:
18600 ;;;***
18601 \f
18602 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
18603 ;;;;;; (15809 3075))
18604 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
18606 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
18608 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
18609 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
18610 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
18611 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
18612 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
18613 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
18615 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
18616 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
18617 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
18618 shell-specific features.
18620 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
18621 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
18622 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
18635 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
18639 would indent to the way it currently is.
18641 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
18655 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
18656 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
18657 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
18660 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
18662 \(fn)" t nil)
18664 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
18666 ;;;***
18667 \f
18668 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
18669 ;;;;;; (15834 36997))
18670 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
18672 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
18673 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
18675 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
18676 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
18677 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
18679 the earlier.
18681 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
18685 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
18686 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
18689 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
18690 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
18692 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
18693 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
18694 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
18695 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
18696 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
18697 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
18698 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
18699 emacs version).
18701 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
18702 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
18703 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
18704 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
18705 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
18707 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
18708 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
18709 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
18711 \(fn)" t nil)
18713 ;;;***
18714 \f
18715 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
18716 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (15508
18717 ;;;;;; 64852))
18718 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
18720 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
18721 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
18722 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
18723 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
18724 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
18725 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
18726 in the cluster.
18728 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
18730 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
18731 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
18732 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
18733 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
18734 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
18736 \(fn)" t nil)
18738 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
18739 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
18740 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
18741 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
18742 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
18743 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
18744 `shadow-define-cluster').
18746 \(fn)" t nil)
18748 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
18749 Set up file shadowing.
18751 \(fn)" t nil)
18753 ;;;***
18754 \f
18755 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
18756 ;;;;;; (15831 60985))
18757 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
18760 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
18761 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
18762 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
18763 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
18764 arguments.")
18766 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
18767 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
18768 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
18769 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
18770 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
18771 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
18772 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
18773 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
18774 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
18775 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
18776 discards input when it starts up.)
18777 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
18778 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
18779 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
18781 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
18784 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
18785 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
18786 `default-process-coding-system'.
18788 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
18789 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
18790 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
18791 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
18795 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18796 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
18798 ;;;***
18799 \f
18800 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15719
18801 ;;;;;; 38782))
18802 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
18804 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
18805 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
18807 Variables controlling indentation style:
18808 simula-tab-always-indent
18809 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
18810 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
18811 simula-indent-level
18812 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
18813 simula-substatement-offset
18814 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
18815 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
18816 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
18817 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
18818 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
18819 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
18820 simula-label-offset -4711
18821 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
18822 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
18823 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
18824 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
18825 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
18826 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
18827 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
18828 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
18829 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
18830 simula-electric-indent nil
18831 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
18832 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
18833 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
18834 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
18835 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
18836 or nil if they should not be changed.
18837 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
18838 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
18839 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
18840 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
18842 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
18843 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
18845 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
18846 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
18847 at all.
18849 \(fn)" t nil)
18851 ;;;***
18852 \f
18853 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
18854 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
18855 ;;;;;; (15585 7091))
18856 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
18858 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
18859 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
18861 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
18862 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
18863 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
18864 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
18865 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
18867 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
18869 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
18870 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
18871 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
18872 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
18873 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
18874 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
18877 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
18878 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
18879 ignored.
18881 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
18883 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
18884 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
18885 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
18886 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
18887 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
18888 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
18891 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
18892 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
18893 ignored.
18895 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
18897 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
18898 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
18900 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
18901 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
18902 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
18903 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
18905 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
18906 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
18907 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
18908 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
18910 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
18911 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
18912 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
18914 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
18915 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
18917 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
18918 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
18921 _ interesting point, interregion here
18922 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
18923 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
18924 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
18925 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
18926 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
18927 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
18928 nil skipped
18930 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
18931 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
18933 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
18934 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
18935 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
18937 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
18939 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
18940 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
18942 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
18943 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
18944 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
18945 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
18946 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
18947 available:
18949 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
18950 then: insert previously read string once more
18951 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
18952 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
18953 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
18955 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
18956 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'.
18958 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
18960 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
18961 Insert the character you type ARG times.
18963 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
18964 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
18965 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
18966 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
18967 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
18968 such as backslash.
18970 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
18971 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
18972 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
18974 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18976 ;;;***
18977 \f
18978 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
18979 ;;;;;; (15781 47404))
18980 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
18982 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
18983 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
18984 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
18985 buffer names.
18987 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
18989 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
18990 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
18993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18995 ;;;***
18996 \f
18997 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
18998 ;;;;;; (14902 55791))
18999 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
19001 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
19002 Display textual smileys as images.
19003 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
19004 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
19005 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them.
19007 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19009 ;;;***
19010 \f
19011 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
19012 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (15833 16925))
19013 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
19015 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
19016 Not documented
19018 \(fn)" nil nil)
19020 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
19021 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
19023 \(fn)" t nil)
19025 ;;;***
19026 \f
19027 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15745 59594))
19028 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
19030 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
19031 Play the Snake game.
19032 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
19034 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
19036 Snake mode keybindings:
19046 \(fn)" t nil)
19048 ;;;***
19049 \f
19050 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
19051 ;;;;;; (15491 16844))
19052 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
19054 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
19055 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
19056 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
19057 Tab indents for C code.
19058 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
19059 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19061 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
19062 `snmp-mode-hook'.
19064 \(fn)" t nil)
19066 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
19067 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
19068 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
19069 Tab indents for C code.
19070 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
19071 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19073 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
19074 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
19076 \(fn)" t nil)
19078 ;;;***
19079 \f
19080 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
19081 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
19082 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15763 33505))
19083 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
19085 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
19086 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
19088 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
19089 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
19090 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
19092 For example, the form
19097 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
19099 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
19100 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
19102 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
19103 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
19104 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
19105 York City.
19107 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
19109 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
19110 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
19112 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
19113 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
19114 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
19115 York City.
19117 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
19119 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
19120 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
19122 pair.
19124 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
19126 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
19127 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
19128 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
19130 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
19131 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
19133 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
19135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19137 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
19138 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
19139 Requires floating point.
19141 \(fn)" nil nil)
19143 ;;;***
19144 \f
19145 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (15543
19146 ;;;;;; 12464))
19147 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
19149 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
19150 Play Solitaire.
19154 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
19158 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
19159 check after each move or undo)
19161 What is Solitaire?
19163 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
19164 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
19165 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
19167 Le Solitaire
19168 ============
19170 o o o
19172 o o o
19174 o o o o o o o
19176 o o o . o o o
19178 o o o o o o o
19180 o o o
19182 o o o
19184 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
19185 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
19186 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
19187 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
19189 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
19190 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
19191 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
19192 this: o o .
19194 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
19195 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
19197 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
19199 o o o
19201 . o o
19203 o o . o o o o
19205 o . o o o o o
19207 o o o o o o o
19209 o o o
19211 o o o
19213 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
19217 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19219 ;;;***
19220 \f
19221 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
19222 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
19223 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (15542 22464))
19224 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
19226 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
19227 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
19228 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
19230 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
19231 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
19232 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
19233 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
19234 contiguous.
19236 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
19237 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
19238 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19239 the sort order.
19241 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
19242 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
19244 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
19245 It moves point to the start of the next record.
19246 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
19247 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
19248 is called.
19250 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
19251 It should move point to the end of the record.
19253 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
19254 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
19255 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
19256 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
19257 starts at the beginning of the record.
19259 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
19260 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
19261 same as ENDRECFUN.
19263 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN)" nil nil)
19265 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
19266 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
19267 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
19268 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
19269 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19270 the sort order.
19272 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
19274 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
19275 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
19276 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
19277 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
19278 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19279 the sort order.
19281 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
19283 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
19284 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
19285 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
19286 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
19287 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19288 the sort order.
19290 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
19292 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
19293 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
19294 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
19295 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
19297 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
19298 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
19299 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
19300 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
19302 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
19304 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
19305 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
19306 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
19307 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
19308 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
19309 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
19310 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19311 the sort order.
19313 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
19315 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
19316 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
19317 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
19319 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
19320 is to be used for sorting.
19322 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
19324 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
19325 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
19327 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
19329 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19330 the sort order.
19332 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
19336 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
19338 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
19339 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
19340 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
19341 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
19342 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
19343 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
19344 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
19345 the sort order.
19347 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
19348 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
19349 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
19350 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
19353 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
19355 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
19356 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
19357 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
19359 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19361 ;;;***
19362 \f
19363 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
19364 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15832 9160))
19365 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
19367 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
19369 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
19370 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
19371 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
19372 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
19373 supported at a time.
19374 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
19375 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
19377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19379 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
19380 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
19381 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
19382 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
19384 \(fn)" t nil)
19386 ;;;***
19387 \f
19388 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
19389 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15185 49575))
19390 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
19392 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
19394 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
19395 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
19396 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
19397 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
19398 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
19401 \(fn)" t nil)
19403 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
19404 Check spelling of word at or before point.
19405 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
19406 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
19408 \(fn)" t nil)
19410 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
19411 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
19412 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
19413 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
19416 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
19418 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
19419 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
19421 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
19423 ;;;***
19424 \f
19425 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14816
19426 ;;;;;; 44944))
19427 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
19429 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
19430 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
19432 \(fn)" t nil)
19434 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
19435 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
19437 \(fn)" nil nil)
19439 ;;;***
19440 \f
19441 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres
19442 ;;;;;; sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode
19443 ;;;;;; sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15430 11109))
19444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
19446 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
19447 Show short help for the SQL modes.
19449 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
19450 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
19452 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
19457 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
19467 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
19469 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
19470 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
19471 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
19472 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
19474 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
19475 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
19477 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
19479 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
19480 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
19481 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
19483 \(fn)" t nil)
19485 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
19486 Major mode to edit SQL.
19488 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
19490 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
19493 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
19495 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
19496 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
19499 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
19502 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
19503 `sql-interactive-mode'.
19505 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
19506 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
19507 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
19509 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
19510 (lambda ()
19513 \(fn)" t nil)
19515 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
19516 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
19518 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
19519 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
19520 `*SQL*'.
19522 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
19523 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
19524 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
19525 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
19527 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
19528 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
19530 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
19533 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
19534 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
19535 `default-process-coding-system'.
19539 \(fn)" t nil)
19541 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
19542 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
19544 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
19545 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
19546 `*SQL*'.
19548 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
19549 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
19550 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
19551 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
19553 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
19554 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
19556 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
19559 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
19560 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
19561 `default-process-coding-system'.
19565 \(fn)" t nil)
19567 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
19568 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
19570 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
19571 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
19572 `*SQL*'.
19574 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
19575 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
19577 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
19578 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
19580 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
19583 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
19584 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
19585 `default-process-coding-system'.
19589 \(fn)" t nil)
19591 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
19592 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
19594 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
19596 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
19597 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
19598 `*SQL*'.
19600 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
19601 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
19602 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
19603 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
19605 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
19606 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
19608 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
19611 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
19612 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
19613 `default-process-coding-system'.
19617 \(fn)" t nil)
19619 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
19620 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
19622 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
19623 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
19624 `*SQL*'.
19626 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
19627 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
19628 defaults, if set.
19630 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
19631 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
19633 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
19636 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
19637 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
19638 `default-process-coding-system'.
19642 \(fn)" t nil)
19644 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
19645 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
19647 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
19648 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
19649 `*SQL*'.
19651 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
19652 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
19654 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
19655 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
19657 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
19660 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
19661 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
19662 `default-process-coding-system'.
19666 \(fn)" t nil)
19668 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
19669 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
19671 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
19672 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
19673 `*SQL*'.
19675 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
19676 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
19677 as defaults, if set.
19679 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
19680 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
19682 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
19685 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
19686 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
19687 `default-process-coding-system'.
19691 \(fn)" t nil)
19693 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
19694 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
19696 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
19697 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
19698 `*SQL*'.
19700 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
19701 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
19702 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
19703 `sql-postgres-options'.
19705 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
19706 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
19708 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
19711 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
19712 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
19713 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
19714 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
19715 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
19717 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
19718 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
19722 \(fn)" t nil)
19724 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
19725 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
19727 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
19728 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
19729 `*SQL*'.
19731 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
19732 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
19733 defaults, if set.
19735 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
19736 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
19738 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
19741 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
19742 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
19743 `default-process-coding-system'.
19747 \(fn)" t nil)
19749 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
19750 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
19752 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
19753 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
19754 `*SQL*'.
19756 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
19757 automatic login.
19759 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
19760 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
19763 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
19764 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
19765 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
19767 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
19770 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
19771 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
19772 `default-process-coding-system'.
19776 \(fn)" t nil)
19778 ;;;***
19779 \f
19780 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
19781 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
19782 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
19783 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
19784 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (15663
19785 ;;;;;; 5577))
19786 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
19788 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
19789 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
19790 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
19791 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
19792 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
19793 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
19795 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
19797 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
19798 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
19799 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
19800 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
19801 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
19802 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
19803 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
19805 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
19807 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
19808 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
19809 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
19810 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
19811 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
19812 then complete the stroke with button 3.
19813 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
19815 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
19817 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
19818 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
19819 This must be bound to a mouse event.
19821 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
19823 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
19824 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
19825 This must be bound to a mouse event.
19827 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
19829 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
19830 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
19832 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
19834 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
19835 Get instruction on using the `strokes' package.
19837 \(fn)" t nil)
19839 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
19840 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
19842 \(fn)" t nil)
19844 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
19845 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
19847 chronologically by command name.
19848 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
19850 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
19852 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
19853 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
19854 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19855 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19858 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19860 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
19862 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
19864 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
19865 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
19870 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
19877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19879 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
19880 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
19881 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
19882 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
19884 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
19886 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
19887 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
19889 \(fn)" t nil)
19891 ;;;***
19892 \f
19893 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
19894 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (15365 61265))
19895 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
19897 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
19898 Studlify-case the region.
19900 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
19902 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
19903 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
19905 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
19907 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
19908 Studlify-case the current buffer.
19910 \(fn)" t nil)
19912 ;;;***
19913 \f
19914 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
19915 ;;;;;; (15497 10307))
19916 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
19918 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
19919 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
19920 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
19922 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
19923 original message but it does require a few things:
19925 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
19927 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
19928 reply buffer.
19930 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
19931 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
19932 original message.
19934 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
19936 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
19938 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
19939 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
19940 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
19942 \(fn)" nil nil)
19944 ;;;***
19945 \f
19946 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (15741
19947 ;;;;;; 11077))
19948 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
19950 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
19951 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
19952 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
19953 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
19955 If the caller knows the PPSS of a nearby position, she can pass it
19956 in OLP-PPSS (with or without its corresponding OLD-POS) to try and
19957 avoid a more expansive scan.
19958 Point is at POS when this function returns.
19960 \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil)
19962 ;;;***
19963 \f
19964 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
19965 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
19967 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
19968 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
19969 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
19970 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
19971 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
19973 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19975 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
19976 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
19977 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
19978 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
19979 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
19980 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
19981 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
19983 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19985 ;;;***
19986 \f
19987 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
19988 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
19989 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
19990 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
19991 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
19992 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
19993 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
19994 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
19995 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
19996 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
19997 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
19998 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
19999 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (15832 9190))
20000 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
20002 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
20003 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
20004 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
20006 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
20007 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
20009 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
20010 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
20012 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
20013 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
20015 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
20016 Insert an editable text table.
20017 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
20018 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
20019 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
20020 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
20021 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
20022 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
20023 delimiting them.
20025 Examples:
20029 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
20030 location of point.
20032 -!-
20035 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
20036 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
20037 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
20038 first cell.
20040 +-----+-----+-----+
20041 |-!- | | |
20042 +-----+-----+-----+
20046 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
20047 width, which results as
20049 +--------------+-----+-----+
20050 |-!- | | |
20051 +--------------+-----+-----+
20053 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
20054 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
20056 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20057 | | |-!- |
20058 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20060 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
20061 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
20062 width information to `table-insert'.
20064 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
20066 instead of
20068 Cell width(s): 5
20070 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
20071 work all together.
20073 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
20076 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20077 |-!- | | |
20078 | | | |
20079 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20083 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20084 |-!- | | |
20085 | | | |
20086 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20087 | | | |
20088 | | | |
20089 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20091 Move the point under the table as shown below.
20093 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20094 | | | |
20095 | | | |
20096 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20097 | | | |
20098 | | | |
20099 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20100 -!-
20102 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
20103 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
20104 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
20106 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20107 | | | |
20108 | | | |
20109 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20110 | | | |
20111 | | | |
20112 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20113 |-!- | | |
20114 | | | |
20115 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20117 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
20118 results.
20120 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20121 | | | |
20122 | | | |
20123 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20124 | | |Text editing inside the table |
20125 | | |cell produces reasonably |
20126 | | |expected results.-!- |
20127 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20128 | | | |
20129 | | | |
20130 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
20132 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
20136 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
20138 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
20139 Insert N table row(s).
20140 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
20141 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
20142 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
20143 are appended at the bottom of the table.
20145 \(fn N)" t nil)
20147 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
20148 Insert N table column(s).
20149 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
20150 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
20151 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
20152 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
20154 \(fn N)" t nil)
20156 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
20157 Insert row(s) or column(s).
20158 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
20160 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
20162 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
20163 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
20164 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
20165 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
20166 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
20167 all the table specific features.
20169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20171 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
20172 Not documented
20174 \(fn)" t nil)
20176 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
20177 Recognize all tables within region.
20178 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
20179 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
20180 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
20181 specific features.
20183 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
20185 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
20186 Not documented
20188 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20190 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
20191 Recognize a table at point.
20192 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
20193 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
20194 the table specific features.
20196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20198 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
20199 Not documented
20201 \(fn)" t nil)
20203 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
20204 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
20205 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
20206 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
20207 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
20208 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
20209 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
20211 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
20213 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
20214 Not documented
20216 \(fn)" t nil)
20218 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
20219 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
20220 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
20221 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
20222 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
20223 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
20224 specified.
20226 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
20228 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
20229 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
20230 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
20231 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
20232 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
20233 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
20234 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
20235 table structure.
20237 \(fn N)" t nil)
20239 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
20240 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
20241 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
20242 table's rectangle structure.
20244 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
20246 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
20247 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
20248 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
20249 table's rectangle structure.
20251 \(fn N)" t nil)
20253 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
20254 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
20255 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
20256 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
20257 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
20259 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
20261 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
20265 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
20266 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
20267 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
20268 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
20269 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
20270 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
20271 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
20273 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
20274 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
20275 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
20276 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
20277 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
20278 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
20279 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
20281 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
20282 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
20283 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
20284 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
20285 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
20286 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
20287 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
20288 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
20290 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
20292 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
20293 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
20294 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
20295 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
20297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20299 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
20300 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
20301 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
20303 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
20305 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
20306 Split current cell vertically.
20307 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
20309 \(fn)" t nil)
20311 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
20312 Split current cell horizontally.
20313 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
20315 \(fn)" t nil)
20317 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
20318 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
20319 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
20321 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
20323 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
20324 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
20325 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
20326 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
20328 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
20330 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
20331 Justify cell contents.
20332 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
20333 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
20334 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
20335 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
20337 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
20339 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
20340 Justify cells of a row.
20341 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
20342 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
20344 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
20346 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
20347 Justify cells of a column.
20348 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
20349 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
20351 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
20353 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
20354 Toggle fixing width mode.
20355 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
20356 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
20357 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
20359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20361 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
20362 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
20363 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
20364 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
20365 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
20366 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
20367 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
20368 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
20369 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
20370 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
20371 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
20373 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
20375 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
20376 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
20377 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
20378 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
20379 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
20380 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
20381 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
20382 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
20383 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
20384 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
20385 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
20386 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
20387 untouched.
20389 References used for this implementation:
20391 HTML:
20392 http://www.w3.org
20394 LaTeX:
20395 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
20397 CALS (DocBook DTD):
20398 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
20399 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
20401 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
20403 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
20404 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
20405 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
20406 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
20407 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
20408 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
20409 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
20410 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
20411 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
20412 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
20413 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
20414 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
20415 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
20416 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
20417 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
20418 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
20419 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
20421 Example:
20423 (progn
20424 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
20425 (table-forward-cell 15)
20427 (table-forward-cell 16)
20429 (table-forward-cell 1)
20432 (progn
20433 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
20435 (table-forward-cell 1)
20438 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
20440 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
20441 Delete N row(s) of cells.
20442 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
20443 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
20444 consists from cells of same height.
20446 \(fn N)" t nil)
20448 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
20449 Delete N column(s) of cells.
20450 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
20451 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
20452 column must consists from cells of same width.
20454 \(fn N)" t nil)
20456 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
20457 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
20458 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
20459 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
20460 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
20461 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
20462 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
20463 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
20464 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
20465 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
20466 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
20467 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
20468 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
20469 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
20470 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
20473 Example 1:
20475 1, 2, 3, 4
20476 5, 6, 7, 8
20477 , 9, 10
20479 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
20481 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
20482 specified as 5.
20484 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
20485 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
20486 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
20487 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
20488 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
20489 | | 9 | 10 | |
20490 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
20492 Note:
20496 of each row is optional.
20499 Example 2:
20501 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
20502 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
20503 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
20504 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
20505 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
20507 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
20508 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
20510 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
20511 expression and raw delimiter regular
20512 expression, it parses the specified text
20513 area and extracts cell items from
20514 non-table text and then forms a table out
20515 of them.
20517 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
20518 creates a single cell table. The text in
20519 the specified region is placed in that
20520 cell.-*-
20522 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
20523 like this.
20525 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
20526 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
20527 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
20528 | |
20529 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
20530 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
20531 | expression, it parses the specified text |
20532 | area and extracts cell items from |
20533 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
20534 | of them. |
20535 | |
20536 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
20537 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
20538 | the specified region is placed in that |
20539 | cell. |
20540 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
20542 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
20543 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
20544 independently.
20546 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
20547 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
20548 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
20549 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
20550 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
20551 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
20552 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
20553 | |area and extracts cell items from |
20554 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
20555 | |of them. |
20556 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
20557 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
20558 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
20559 | |the specified region is placed in that |
20560 | |cell. |
20561 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
20563 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
20564 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
20565 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
20567 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
20569 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
20570 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
20571 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
20572 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
20573 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
20575 \(fn)" t nil)
20577 ;;;***
20578 \f
20579 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15568 53176))
20580 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
20582 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
20583 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
20585 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
20587 ;;;***
20588 \f
20589 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15764 50629))
20590 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
20592 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
20593 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
20594 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
20595 Letters no longer insert themselves.
20596 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
20597 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
20598 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
20600 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
20601 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
20602 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
20603 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
20605 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
20608 ;;;***
20609 \f
20610 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
20611 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (15818 42050))
20612 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
20614 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
20615 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
20616 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
20617 Tab indents for Tcl code.
20618 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20619 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20621 Variables controlling indentation style:
20622 `tcl-indent-level'
20623 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
20624 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
20625 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
20627 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
20628 documentation for details):
20629 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
20630 Controls action of TAB key.
20631 `tcl-auto-newline'
20632 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
20633 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
20634 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
20635 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
20636 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
20638 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
20639 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
20640 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
20641 already exist.
20643 Commands:
20646 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
20647 Run inferior Tcl process.
20648 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
20649 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
20651 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
20653 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
20654 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
20655 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
20657 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
20659 ;;;***
20660 \f
20661 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15430 11124))
20662 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
20665 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
20666 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
20667 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
20668 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
20669 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
20670 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
20671 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
20673 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
20676 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
20677 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
20678 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
20679 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
20681 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
20683 ;;;***
20684 \f
20685 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15548
20686 ;;;;;; 29279))
20687 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
20689 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
20690 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
20691 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
20692 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
20693 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
20694 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
20696 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
20698 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
20699 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
20701 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
20703 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
20704 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
20706 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
20708 ;;;***
20709 \f
20710 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15490
20711 ;;;;;; 38811))
20712 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
20714 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
20715 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
20716 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
20717 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
20718 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
20719 program as keyboard input.
20722 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
20723 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
20724 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
20726 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
20727 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
20728 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
20729 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
20730 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
20732 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
20734 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
20735 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
20736 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
20737 terminal-redisplay-interval.
20739 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
20740 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
20741 subprocess started.
20743 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
20745 ;;;***
20746 \f
20747 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun testcover-start) "testcover"
20748 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (15765 63714))
20749 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
20751 (autoload (quote testcover-start) "testcover" "\
20752 Uses edebug to instrument all macros and functions in FILENAME, then
20753 changes the instrumentation from edebug to testcover--much faster, no
20754 problems with type-ahead or post-command-hook, etc. If BYTE-COMPILE is
20755 non-nil, byte-compiles each function after instrumenting.
20757 \(fn FILENAME &optional BYTE-COMPILE)" t nil)
20759 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
20760 Start coverage on function under point.
20762 \(fn)" t nil)
20764 ;;;***
20765 \f
20766 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15745 59717))
20767 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
20769 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
20770 Play the Tetris game.
20771 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
20772 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
20773 as to form complete rows.
20775 tetris-mode keybindings:
20786 nil(fn)" t nil)
20788 ;;;***
20789 \f
20790 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
20791 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
20792 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
20793 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
20794 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
20795 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
20796 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
20797 ;;;;;; (15820 17397))
20798 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
20800 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
20801 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
20803 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
20804 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
20805 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
20809 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
20810 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
20811 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
20812 if it matches the first line of the file,
20813 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
20815 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
20816 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
20817 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
20818 if the variable is non-nil.")
20820 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
20823 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
20824 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
20825 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
20826 See the documentation of that variable.")
20828 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
20829 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
20830 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
20831 See the documentation of that variable.")
20833 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
20834 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
20835 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
20836 See the documentation of that variable.")
20838 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
20839 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
20840 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
20841 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
20842 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
20845 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
20846 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
20847 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
20849 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
20850 *User defined LaTeX block names.
20851 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
20853 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
20854 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
20855 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
20856 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
20858 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
20860 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
20861 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
20863 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
20865 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
20866 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
20868 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
20869 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
20870 for example,
20872 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
20876 use.")
20878 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (if (eq window-system (quote x)) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\")) "\
20880 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
20881 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
20882 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
20884 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
20886 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
20890 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
20891 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
20892 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
20893 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
20894 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
20896 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
20899 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
20902 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
20903 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
20904 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
20905 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
20906 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
20907 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
20908 says which mode to use.
20910 \(fn)" t nil)
20912 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
20914 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
20916 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
20918 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
20919 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
20920 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
20925 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
20933 mismatched $'s or braces.
20935 Special commands:
20938 Mode variables:
20939 tex-run-command
20941 tex-directory
20942 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
20944 tex-dvi-print-command
20946 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
20948 argument) to print a .dvi file.
20949 tex-dvi-view-command
20951 tex-show-queue-command
20955 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
20956 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
20957 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
20959 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
20960 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
20961 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
20974 mismatched $'s or braces.
20976 Special commands:
20979 Mode variables:
20980 latex-run-command
20982 tex-directory
20983 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
20985 tex-dvi-print-command
20987 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
20989 argument) to print a .dvi file.
20990 tex-dvi-view-command
20992 tex-show-queue-command
20996 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
20997 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
20998 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
21000 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
21001 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
21002 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
21015 mismatched $'s or braces.
21017 Special commands:
21020 Mode variables:
21021 slitex-run-command
21023 tex-directory
21024 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
21026 tex-dvi-print-command
21028 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
21030 argument) to print a .dvi file.
21031 tex-dvi-view-command
21033 tex-show-queue-command
21037 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
21038 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
21039 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
21040 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
21042 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
21043 Not documented
21045 \(fn)" nil nil)
21047 ;;;***
21048 \f
21049 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
21050 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15809 3075))
21051 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
21053 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
21054 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
21055 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
21056 name specified in the @setfilename command.
21058 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
21059 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
21060 Info-split to do these manually.
21062 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
21064 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
21065 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
21066 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
21068 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
21070 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
21072 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
21073 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
21074 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
21075 names specified in the @setfilename command.
21077 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
21078 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
21079 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
21080 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
21082 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
21083 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
21085 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
21087 ;;;***
21088 \f
21089 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
21090 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15809 3075))
21091 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
21093 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
21096 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
21099 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
21100 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
21102 It has these extra commands:
21105 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
21107 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
21108 modified version of TeX input format.
21110 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
21111 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
21112 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
21116 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
21117 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
21118 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
21119 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
21121 in the Texinfo file.
21123 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
21124 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
21125 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
21127 move forward past the closing brace.
21129 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
21130 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
21132 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
21133 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
21134 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
21136 Here are the functions:
21140 texinfo-sequential-node-update
21144 texinfo-master-menu
21146 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
21148 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
21149 which menu descriptions are indented.
21151 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
21152 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
21153 in the region.
21155 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
21156 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
21157 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
21158 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
21160 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
21161 be the first node in the file.
21163 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
21164 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
21166 ;;;***
21167 \f
21168 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
21169 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
21170 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15809 3074))
21171 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
21173 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
21174 Compose Thai characters in the region.
21175 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
21176 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
21178 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21180 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
21181 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
21183 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21185 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
21186 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
21188 \(fn)" t nil)
21190 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
21191 Not documented
21193 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
21195 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
21196 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
21197 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
21198 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
21199 to compose.
21201 The return value is number of composed characters.
21203 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
21205 ;;;***
21206 \f
21207 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
21208 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
21209 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15786 7605))
21210 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
21212 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
21213 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
21215 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
21217 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
21218 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
21219 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
21220 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
21221 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
21223 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
21224 a symbol as a valid THING.
21226 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
21227 of the textual entity that was found.
21229 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
21231 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
21232 Return the THING at point.
21233 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
21234 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
21235 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
21237 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
21238 a symbol as a valid THING.
21240 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
21242 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
21243 Not documented
21245 \(fn)" nil nil)
21247 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
21248 Not documented
21250 \(fn)" nil nil)
21252 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
21253 Not documented
21255 \(fn)" nil nil)
21257 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
21258 Not documented
21260 \(fn)" nil nil)
21262 ;;;***
21263 \f
21264 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
21265 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
21266 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
21267 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
21268 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
21269 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (15576 33872))
21270 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
21272 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
21273 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
21274 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
21276 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
21278 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
21279 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
21281 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
21283 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
21284 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
21285 The returned string has no composition information.
21287 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
21289 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
21290 Compose Tibetan string STR.
21292 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
21294 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
21295 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
21297 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21299 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
21300 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
21301 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
21302 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
21304 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21306 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
21307 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
21308 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
21309 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
21311 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
21313 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
21314 Not documented
21316 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
21318 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
21319 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
21320 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
21322 \(fn)" t nil)
21324 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
21325 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
21326 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
21328 \(fn)" t nil)
21330 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
21331 Not documented
21333 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
21335 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
21336 Not documented
21338 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21340 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
21341 Not documented
21343 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21345 ;;;***
21346 \f
21347 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
21348 ;;;;;; (15489 14486))
21349 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
21351 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
21352 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
21353 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
21354 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
21355 parameters.
21356 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
21358 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21360 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
21361 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
21362 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
21363 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
21364 parameters.
21365 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
21367 \(fn)" t nil)
21369 ;;;***
21370 \f
21371 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
21372 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (15747 59317))
21373 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
21375 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
21378 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
21379 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
21380 This display updates automatically every minute.
21381 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
21382 are displayed as well.
21383 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
21385 \(fn)" t nil)
21387 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
21388 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
21389 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21390 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21393 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
21395 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
21397 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
21398 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
21399 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
21401 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
21402 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
21403 are displayed as well.
21404 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
21406 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21408 ;;;***
21409 \f
21410 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
21411 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
21412 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
21413 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (15450 56230))
21414 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
21416 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
21417 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
21419 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
21421 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
21422 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
21424 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
21426 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
21427 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
21429 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
21431 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
21432 Convert DAYS into a time value.
21434 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
21436 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
21437 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
21438 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
21440 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
21442 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
21444 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
21445 Subtract two time values.
21446 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
21448 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
21450 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
21451 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
21453 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
21455 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
21456 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
21457 DATE should be a date-time string.
21459 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
21461 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
21462 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
21463 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
21465 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
21467 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
21468 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
21470 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
21472 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
21473 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year.
21475 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
21477 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
21478 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
21479 TIME should be a time value.
21480 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
21482 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
21484 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
21485 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
21486 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
21488 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
21490 ;;;***
21491 \f
21492 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
21493 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15744 11845))
21494 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
21496 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
21497 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
21498 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
21499 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
21500 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
21501 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
21502 look like one of the following:
21503 Time-stamp: <>
21505 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
21506 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
21507 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
21508 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
21509 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
21510 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
21511 template.
21513 \(fn)" t nil)
21515 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
21517 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
21519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21521 ;;;***
21522 \f
21523 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
21524 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
21525 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
21526 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
21527 ;;;;;; (15820 17396))
21528 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
21530 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
21531 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
21532 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
21533 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
21534 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
21535 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
21536 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
21537 \(non-nil means on).
21539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21541 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
21542 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
21543 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
21544 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
21545 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
21546 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
21547 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
21548 this function is called within a day.
21550 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
21551 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
21552 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
21553 discover the name of the project.
21555 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
21557 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
21558 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
21559 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
21560 begun during the last time segment.
21562 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
21563 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
21564 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
21565 discover the reason.
21567 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
21569 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
21570 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
21572 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
21574 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
21575 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
21576 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
21577 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
21578 project you were working on.
21580 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
21582 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
21583 Ask the user before clocking out.
21584 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'.
21586 \(fn)" nil nil)
21588 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
21589 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
21590 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
21592 \(fn)" t nil)
21594 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
21595 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
21596 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
21597 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
21598 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
21601 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
21603 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
21604 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
21605 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
21606 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
21608 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
21610 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
21611 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
21612 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
21613 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
21614 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
21615 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
21616 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
21617 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
21618 non-nil.
21620 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
21622 ;;;***
21623 \f
21624 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
21625 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
21626 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (15670 55400))
21627 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
21629 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
21631 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
21632 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
21634 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
21636 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
21637 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
21639 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
21641 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
21642 Perform an action at time TIME.
21643 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
21645 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
21646 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
21647 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
21648 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
21650 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
21652 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
21654 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
21655 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
21656 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
21657 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
21658 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
21660 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
21662 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
21664 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
21665 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
21666 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
21667 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
21669 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
21671 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
21672 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
21673 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
21674 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
21676 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
21677 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
21679 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
21681 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
21682 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
21684 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
21685 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
21686 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
21687 The call should look like:
21688 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
21689 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
21690 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
21691 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
21692 be detected.
21694 \(fn LIST &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21696 ;;;***
21697 \f
21698 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
21699 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15679 10147))
21700 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
21702 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
21703 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
21704 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
21705 the generated Quail package is saved.
21707 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
21709 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
21710 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
21711 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
21712 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
21717 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
21719 ;;;***
21720 \f
21721 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
21722 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15556 11342))
21723 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
21724 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
21725 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
21726 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
21728 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
21729 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
21730 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
21731 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
21732 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
21734 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
21736 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
21737 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
21738 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
21739 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
21740 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
21742 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
21744 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
21745 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
21746 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
21747 in the menu in two ways:
21748 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
21749 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
21750 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
21752 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
21753 keymap or an alist of alists.
21754 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
21755 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
21757 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
21759 ;;;***
21760 \f
21761 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
21762 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
21763 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15381 46974))
21764 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
21766 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
21767 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
21769 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
21771 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
21772 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
21774 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
21776 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
21777 Insert new TODO list entry.
21778 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
21779 category.
21781 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21783 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
21784 List top priorities for each category.
21786 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
21787 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
21789 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
21790 between each category.
21792 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
21794 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
21795 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
21796 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
21797 between each category.
21799 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
21801 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
21803 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
21804 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
21808 \(fn)" t nil)
21810 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
21811 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
21813 \(fn)" nil nil)
21815 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
21816 Show TODO list.
21818 \(fn)" t nil)
21820 ;;;***
21821 \f
21822 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
21823 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
21824 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15668 41521))
21825 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
21827 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
21828 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
21829 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21830 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21833 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
21835 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
21837 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
21838 Toggle use of the tool bar.
21839 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
21841 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
21842 conveniently adding tool bar items.
21844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21846 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
21848 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
21849 Add an item to the tool bar.
21850 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
21851 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
21852 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
21853 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
21855 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
21856 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
21857 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
21859 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
21860 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
21862 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
21864 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
21865 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
21866 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
21867 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
21868 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
21869 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
21871 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
21872 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
21873 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
21875 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
21877 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
21878 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
21879 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
21880 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
21881 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
21882 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
21883 properties to add to the binding.
21885 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
21887 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
21888 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
21890 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
21892 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
21893 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
21894 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
21895 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
21896 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
21897 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
21898 properties to add to the binding.
21900 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
21902 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
21904 ;;;***
21905 \f
21906 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
21907 ;;;;;; (15641 32975))
21908 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
21910 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
21911 Mode for tooltip display.
21912 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
21914 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21916 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
21917 Toggle tooltip-mode.
21918 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21921 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
21923 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
21925 ;;;***
21926 \f
21927 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15651
21928 ;;;;;; 2747))
21929 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
21931 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
21933 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
21935 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
21936 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
21938 \(fn)" t nil)
21940 ;;;***
21941 \f
21942 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
21943 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15186 56483))
21944 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
21946 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
21947 Set scroll margins.
21949 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
21951 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
21952 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
21954 \(fn)" t nil)
21956 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
21957 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
21959 \(fn)" t nil)
21961 ;;;***
21962 \f
21963 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15293 32313))
21964 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
21966 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
21967 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
21968 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
21969 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
21970 to a tcp server on another machine.
21972 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
21974 ;;;***
21975 \f
21976 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
21977 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (15761 63033))
21978 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
21980 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
21981 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
21983 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
21984 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
21985 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
21986 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
21987 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
21988 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
21989 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
21990 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
21992 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21994 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
21995 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
21996 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
21997 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
21998 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
21999 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
22000 the window or buffer configuration at all.
22002 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22004 ;;;***
22005 \f
22006 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
22007 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
22008 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (15776 37022))
22009 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
22011 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
22012 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
22013 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
22016 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
22017 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
22018 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
22021 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
22022 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
22023 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
22025 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
22026 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
22027 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
22028 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
22029 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
22030 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
22031 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
22032 files which are not really tramp files.
22034 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
22035 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
22036 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
22037 updated after changing this variable.
22039 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
22041 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/[^/]*$" "\
22042 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
22043 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
22044 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
22047 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
22048 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
22049 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
22051 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
22052 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
22053 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
22055 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
22056 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
22057 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
22058 updated after changing this variable.
22060 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
22062 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
22063 Invoke tramp file name handler.
22064 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
22066 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22068 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
22069 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
22070 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
22072 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22074 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
22076 ;;;***
22077 \f
22078 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
22079 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15304 37383))
22080 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
22081 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
22082 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
22083 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
22085 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
22086 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
22087 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
22089 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
22090 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
22091 first and the associated buffer to its right.
22093 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22095 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
22096 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
22097 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
22098 accepting the proposed default buffer.
22102 \(fn)" t nil)
22104 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
22105 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
22106 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
22107 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
22108 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
22109 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
22110 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
22112 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
22113 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
22115 First column's text sSs Second column's text
22122 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22124 ;;;***
22125 \f
22126 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
22127 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
22128 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
22129 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14890 29229))
22130 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
22132 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
22133 Toggle typing break mode.
22134 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
22135 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22138 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
22140 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
22142 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
22143 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
22145 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
22146 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
22148 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
22150 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
22152 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
22153 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
22155 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
22156 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
22157 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
22159 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
22160 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
22161 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
22162 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
22163 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
22164 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
22166 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
22167 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
22168 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
22169 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
22171 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
22172 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
22174 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
22175 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
22177 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
22178 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
22179 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
22181 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
22182 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
22183 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
22184 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
22185 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
22186 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
22187 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
22189 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
22190 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
22192 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
22193 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
22194 reset the keystroke counter.
22196 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
22197 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
22198 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
22199 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
22201 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
22202 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
22203 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
22204 `type-break-schedule' command.
22206 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
22207 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
22208 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
22209 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
22210 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
22211 or not to continue.
22213 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
22214 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
22215 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
22216 approximate good values for this.
22218 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
22219 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
22221 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
22222 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
22223 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
22224 `type-break-warning-repeat'
22225 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
22226 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
22228 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
22229 a typing break occur. They include:
22231 `type-break-query-mode'
22232 `type-break-query-function'
22233 `type-break-query-interval'
22235 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
22237 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
22239 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
22240 Take a typing break.
22242 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
22243 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
22245 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
22246 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
22248 \(fn)" t nil)
22250 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
22251 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
22252 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
22253 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
22255 \(fn)" t nil)
22257 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
22258 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
22260 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
22261 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
22262 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
22263 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
22264 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
22265 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
22266 average typing speed.)
22268 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
22269 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
22270 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
22271 the computed maximum threshold.
22273 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
22274 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
22275 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
22276 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
22277 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
22279 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
22281 ;;;***
22282 \f
22283 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
22284 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15185 49575))
22285 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
22287 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
22288 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
22289 Works by overstriking underscores.
22290 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
22291 which specify the range to operate on.
22293 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22295 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
22296 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
22297 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
22298 which specify the range to operate on.
22300 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22302 ;;;***
22303 \f
22304 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
22305 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (15815 8094))
22306 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
22308 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
22309 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
22310 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
22312 \(fn)" t nil)
22314 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
22315 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
22316 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
22317 following the containing message.
22319 \(fn)" t nil)
22321 ;;;***
22322 \f
22323 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
22324 ;;;;;; (15763 33775))
22325 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
22327 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
22328 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
22329 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
22330 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
22331 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
22332 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
22334 \(fn)" nil nil)
22336 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
22337 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
22339 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
22341 ;;;***
22342 \f
22343 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (15809
22344 ;;;;;; 3074))
22345 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
22347 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
22348 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
22349 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
22350 of symbols with local bindings.
22352 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
22354 ;;;***
22355 \f
22356 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
22357 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (15764 44217))
22358 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
22360 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
22361 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
22362 This function has a choice of three things to do:
22363 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
22364 to refrain from editing the file
22365 return t (grab the lock on the file)
22366 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
22367 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
22368 in any way you like.
22370 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
22372 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
22373 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
22374 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
22375 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
22376 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
22378 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
22379 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
22381 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
22383 ;;;***
22384 \f
22385 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
22386 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15185 54813))
22387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
22389 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
22390 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
22391 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
22392 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
22394 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22396 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
22397 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
22398 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
22400 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22402 ;;;***
22403 \f
22404 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
22405 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
22406 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
22407 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
22408 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
22409 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
22410 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (15815 8094))
22411 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
22413 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
22414 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
22415 See `run-hooks'.")
22417 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
22418 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
22419 See `run-hooks'.")
22421 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
22422 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
22423 See `run-hooks'.")
22425 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
22426 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
22428 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
22430 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
22431 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
22432 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
22433 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
22434 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
22435 somebody else, signal error.
22437 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
22439 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
22440 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
22441 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
22442 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
22443 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
22445 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
22447 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
22448 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
22449 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
22450 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
22451 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
22452 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
22453 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
22454 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
22455 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
22456 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
22457 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
22459 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
22461 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
22462 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
22464 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
22465 it will operate on the file in the current line.
22467 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
22468 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
22469 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
22470 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
22471 lock steals will raise an error.
22473 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
22475 For RCS and SCCS files:
22476 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
22477 control.
22478 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
22479 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
22480 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
22481 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
22482 it performs a revert.
22483 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
22484 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
22485 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
22486 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
22487 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
22488 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
22489 the option to steal the lock.
22491 For CVS files:
22492 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
22494 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
22495 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
22496 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
22497 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
22498 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
22499 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
22500 merge in the changes into your working copy.
22502 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
22504 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
22505 Register the current file into a version control system.
22506 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
22507 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
22509 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
22510 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
22511 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
22512 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
22513 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
22514 first backend that could register the file is used.
22516 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
22518 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
22519 Display diffs between file versions.
22520 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
22521 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
22522 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
22523 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
22524 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
22525 saving the buffer.
22527 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
22529 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
22530 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
22531 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
22532 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
22534 \(fn REV)" t nil)
22536 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
22537 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
22538 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
22539 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
22541 \(fn)" t nil)
22543 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
22544 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
22545 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
22546 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
22547 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
22548 from the current branch.
22550 See Info node `Merging'.
22552 \(fn)" t nil)
22554 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
22556 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
22557 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
22559 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
22561 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
22562 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
22564 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
22566 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
22567 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
22568 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
22569 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
22570 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
22571 are checked out in that new branch.
22573 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
22575 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
22576 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
22577 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
22578 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
22579 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
22580 allowed and simply skipped).
22582 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
22584 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
22585 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
22587 \(fn)" t nil)
22589 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
22590 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
22591 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
22592 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
22595 \(fn)" t nil)
22597 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
22598 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
22599 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
22600 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
22601 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
22602 the current branch are merged into the working file.
22604 \(fn)" t nil)
22606 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
22607 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
22608 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
22610 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
22612 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
22613 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
22614 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
22615 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
22616 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
22617 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
22618 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
22620 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
22622 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
22623 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
22624 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
22625 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
22626 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
22627 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
22628 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
22629 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
22630 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
22632 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
22634 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
22635 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
22637 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
22639 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
22640 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
22641 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
22642 directory.
22644 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
22646 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
22647 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
22648 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
22650 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
22651 log entries should be gathered.
22653 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
22655 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
22656 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
22658 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
22659 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
22660 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
22661 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
22662 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
22663 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
22665 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
22666 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
22667 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
22668 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
22669 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
22670 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
22671 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
22672 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
22674 Customization variables:
22676 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
22677 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
22678 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
22679 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
22681 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
22683 ;;;***
22684 \f
22685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15790 62571))
22686 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
22687 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
22688 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
22689 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
22690 (load "vc-cvs")
22691 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
22693 ;;;***
22694 \f
22695 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
22696 ;;;;;; (15826 27671))
22697 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
22699 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
22700 *Where to look for RCS master files.
22701 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
22702 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
22704 ;;;***
22705 \f
22706 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
22707 ;;;;;; (15826 27671))
22708 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
22710 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
22711 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
22712 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
22713 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
22715 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
22716 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
22717 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
22718 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
22720 ;;;***
22721 \f
22722 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
22723 ;;;;;; (15834 37000))
22724 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
22726 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
22727 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
22729 Usage:
22730 ------
22732 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
22733 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
22734 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
22735 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
22736 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
22737 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
22740 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
22742 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
22743 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
22744 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
22745 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
22747 The following abbreviations can also be used:
22748 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
22749 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
22750 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
22753 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
22756 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
22758 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
22759 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
22766 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
22767 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
22769 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
22771 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
22775 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
22776 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
22779 - COMMENTS:
22780 `--' puts a single comment.
22781 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
22782 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
22783 comment in between.
22784 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
22785 following lines.
22787 uncomments a region if already commented out.
22789 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
22790 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
22791 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
22792 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
22793 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
22794 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
22795 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
22797 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
22799 multi-line comments.
22802 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
22804 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
22806 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
22807 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
22809 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
22811 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
22814 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
22815 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
22816 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
22817 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
22818 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
22820 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
22822 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
22824 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
22825 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
22826 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
22827 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
22829 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
22830 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
22831 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
22832 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
22833 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
22834 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
22836 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
22838 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
22839 menu).
22841 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
22843 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
22844 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
22845 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
22846 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
22847 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
22849 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
22850 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
22851 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
22852 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
22853 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
22854 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
22855 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
22856 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
22857 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
22859 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
22860 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
22861 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
22862 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
22863 specified.
22865 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
22866 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
22868 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
22869 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
22870 the current directory for VHDL source files.
22872 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
22874 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
22875 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
22876 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
22877 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
22878 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
22879 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
22881 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
22882 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
22884 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
22885 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
22886 Math Packages.
22888 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
22889 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
22890 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
22891 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
22892 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
22893 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
22895 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
22897 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
22898 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
22899 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
22900 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
22901 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
22902 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
22904 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
22905 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
22906 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
22907 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
22908 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
22910 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
22911 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
22912 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
22913 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
22914 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
22916 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
22917 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
22918 highlighted if written in lower case.
22921 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
22922 is non-nil.
22925 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
22928 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
22929 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
22930 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
22932 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
22933 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
22934 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
22936 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
22937 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
22938 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
22939 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
22940 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
22941 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
22942 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
22944 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
22946 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
22947 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
22948 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
22952 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
22955 - HINTS:
22959 Maintenance:
22960 ------------
22963 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
22965 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
22967 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
22968 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
22969 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
22970 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
22972 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
22973 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
22974 version and release notes can be found.
22977 Bugs and Limitations:
22978 ---------------------
22980 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
22981 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
22982 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
22983 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
22984 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
22985 does not work under XEmacs.
22988 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
22989 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
22991 Key bindings:
22992 -------------
22996 \(fn)" t nil)
22998 ;;;***
22999 \f
23000 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15186 53885))
23001 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
23003 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
23004 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
23005 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
23008 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
23009 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
23010 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
23011 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
23015 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
23017 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
23019 * Limitations and unsupported features
23020 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
23021 not supported.
23022 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
23023 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
23025 * Modifications
23026 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
23027 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
23028 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
23029 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
23030 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
23031 for undoing a repeated change command.
23032 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
23033 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
23034 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
23036 * Extensions
23037 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
23038 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
23039 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
23040 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
23041 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
23042 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
23043 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
23046 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
23048 \(fn)" t nil)
23050 ;;;***
23051 \f
23052 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
23053 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
23054 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
23055 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15565 3119))
23056 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
23058 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
23059 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
23061 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
23063 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
23064 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
23065 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
23066 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
23068 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23070 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
23071 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters.
23073 \(fn)" t nil)
23075 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
23076 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
23077 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
23078 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
23080 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23082 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
23083 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
23085 \(fn)" t nil)
23087 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
23088 Not documented
23090 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
23092 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
23093 Not documented
23095 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
23097 ;;;***
23098 \f
23099 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
23100 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
23101 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (15623
23102 ;;;;;; 15523))
23103 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
23105 (defvar view-mode nil "\
23106 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
23107 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
23108 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
23110 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
23112 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
23113 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
23114 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
23115 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
23116 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
23117 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
23118 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23120 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23122 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
23124 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
23125 View FILE in View mode in another window.
23126 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
23127 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
23128 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
23129 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
23130 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
23131 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23133 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23135 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
23137 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
23138 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
23139 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
23140 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
23141 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
23142 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
23143 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
23144 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23146 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23148 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
23150 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
23151 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
23152 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
23153 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
23154 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
23155 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
23156 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23158 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23160 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
23161 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
23162 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
23164 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
23166 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
23167 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
23168 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
23169 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
23170 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
23171 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
23172 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
23173 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23175 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23177 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
23178 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
23179 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
23181 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
23183 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
23184 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
23185 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
23186 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
23187 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
23188 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
23189 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
23190 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23192 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23194 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
23195 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
23196 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
23198 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
23200 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
23201 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
23202 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
23204 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
23205 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
23206 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
23207 read-only.
23209 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
23211 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
23213 commands default to a repeat count of one.
23215 H, h, ? This message.
23216 Digits provide prefix arguments.
23219 > move to the end of buffer.
23222 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
23224 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
23225 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
23226 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
23229 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
23231 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
23232 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
23234 Use this to view a changing file.
23238 . set the mark.
23239 x exchanges point and mark.
23241 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
23242 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
23244 ' go to position saved in character register.
23245 s do forward incremental search.
23246 r do reverse incremental search.
23247 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
23248 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
23249 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
23250 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
23253 p searches backward for last regular expression.
23257 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
23263 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
23264 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
23265 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
23266 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
23267 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
23268 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
23269 will return to that buffer.
23271 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23275 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
23276 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
23277 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
23278 `view-return-to-alist'.
23279 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
23280 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
23281 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
23283 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
23284 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
23285 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
23286 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
23287 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
23288 1) nil Do nothing.
23289 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
23290 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
23291 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
23292 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
23294 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
23296 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
23298 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
23300 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
23301 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
23303 \(fn)" t nil)
23305 ;;;***
23306 \f
23307 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (15186 56483))
23308 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
23310 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
23311 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
23313 \(fn)" t nil)
23315 ;;;***
23316 \f
23317 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
23318 ;;;;;; (15751 65471))
23319 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
23321 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
23322 Toggle Viper on/off.
23323 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
23325 \(fn)" t nil)
23327 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
23328 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi.
23330 \(fn)" t nil)
23332 ;;;***
23333 \f
23334 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "warnings.el"
23335 ;;;;;; (15832 9160))
23336 ;;; Generated autoloads from warnings.el
23338 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
23339 Function to generate warning prefixes.
23340 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
23341 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
23342 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
23343 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
23344 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
23345 the beginning of the warning.")
23347 (defvar warning-series nil "\
23348 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
23349 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
23350 which is the start of the current series; it means that
23351 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
23352 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
23353 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
23354 also call that function before the next warning.")
23356 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
23357 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
23359 (defvar warning-group-format " (%s)" "\
23360 Format for displaying the warning group in the warning message.
23361 The result of formatting the group this way gets included in the
23362 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
23364 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
23365 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
23366 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol),
23367 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
23368 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
23369 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
23371 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
23372 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
23373 if you do not attend to it promptly.
23374 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
23375 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
23376 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
23377 :debug -- info for debugging only.
23379 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
23380 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
23382 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
23384 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
23385 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
23387 \(fn GROUP MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
23389 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
23390 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
23391 Aside from generating the message with `format',
23392 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
23394 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol).
23395 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
23396 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
23397 can be whatever you like.)
23399 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
23400 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
23401 if you do not attend to it promptly.
23402 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
23403 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
23405 \(fn GROUP LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23407 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
23408 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
23409 Aside from generating the message with `format',
23410 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
23411 `emacs' as the group and `:warning' as the level.
23413 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23415 ;;;***
23416 \f
23417 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15381 44879))
23418 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
23420 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
23421 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
23423 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
23424 hotlist.
23426 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
23427 <nwv@acm.org>.
23429 \(fn)" t nil)
23431 ;;;***
23432 \f
23433 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "which-func.el"
23434 ;;;;;; (15706 62803))
23435 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
23437 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
23439 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
23440 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
23441 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23442 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23445 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-variable))
23447 (custom-add-load (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func))
23449 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
23450 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
23451 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
23452 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
23454 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
23455 and off otherwise.
23457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23459 ;;;***
23460 \f
23461 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
23462 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
23463 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
23464 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
23465 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
23466 ;;;;;; (15745 33772))
23467 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
23469 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
23470 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
23472 \(fn)" t nil)
23474 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
23475 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
23477 \(fn)" t nil)
23479 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
23480 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
23482 \(fn)" t nil)
23484 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
23485 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
23487 \(fn)" t nil)
23489 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
23490 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
23492 \(fn)" t nil)
23494 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
23495 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
23496 These are:
23497 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
23498 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
23499 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
23500 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
23501 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
23503 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
23504 and:
23505 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
23506 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
23508 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
23510 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
23511 Check the region for whitespace errors.
23513 \(fn S E)" t nil)
23515 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
23516 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
23519 whitespace problems.
23521 \(fn)" t nil)
23523 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
23524 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
23526 \(fn S E)" t nil)
23528 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
23529 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
23530 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23531 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23534 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
23536 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
23538 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
23539 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
23540 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
23542 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
23543 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
23545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23547 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
23548 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
23549 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
23551 \(fn)" t nil)
23553 ;;;***
23554 \f
23555 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
23556 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15697 38217))
23557 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
23559 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
23560 Browse the widget under point.
23562 \(fn POS)" t nil)
23564 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
23565 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
23567 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
23569 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
23570 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
23572 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
23574 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
23575 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
23576 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
23578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23580 ;;;***
23581 \f
23582 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
23583 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15790
23584 ;;;;;; 62571))
23585 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
23587 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
23588 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
23590 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
23592 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
23593 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
23594 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
23596 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
23598 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
23599 Create widget of TYPE.
23600 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
23602 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23604 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
23605 Delete WIDGET.
23607 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
23609 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
23610 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
23612 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23614 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
23615 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
23616 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
23618 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
23619 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
23621 \(fn)" nil nil)
23623 ;;;***
23624 \f
23625 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
23626 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (15576
23627 ;;;;;; 685))
23628 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
23630 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
23631 Select the window to the left of the current one.
23632 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
23634 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
23635 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
23636 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
23638 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23640 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
23641 Select the window above the current one.
23643 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
23644 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
23645 negative ARG) of the current window.
23646 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
23648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23650 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
23651 Select the window to the right of the current one.
23652 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
23654 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
23655 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
23656 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
23658 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23660 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
23661 Select the window below the current one.
23662 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
23664 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
23665 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
23666 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
23668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23670 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
23671 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
23672 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
23673 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
23675 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
23677 ;;;***
23678 \f
23679 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
23680 ;;;;;; (15823 52298))
23681 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
23683 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
23684 Toggle winner-mode.
23685 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23688 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
23690 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
23692 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
23693 Toggle Winner mode.
23694 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
23696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23698 ;;;***
23699 \f
23700 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
23701 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (15809 3074))
23702 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
23704 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
23705 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
23706 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
23707 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
23708 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
23709 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
23710 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
23711 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
23713 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
23714 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
23716 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
23718 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
23719 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
23721 \(fn)" t nil)
23723 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
23724 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
23725 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
23726 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
23727 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
23728 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
23729 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
23730 `woman' command for further details.
23732 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
23734 ;;;***
23735 \f
23736 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
23737 ;;;;;; (15394 13301))
23738 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
23740 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
23741 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
23743 BUGS:
23744 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
23745 are not implemented
23746 - Options for search and replace
23747 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
23748 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
23750 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
23751 Emacs-like.
23753 The key bindings are:
23755 C-a backward-word
23756 C-b fill-paragraph
23757 C-c scroll-up-line
23758 C-d forward-char
23759 C-e previous-line
23760 C-f forward-word
23761 C-g delete-char
23762 C-h backward-char
23763 C-i indent-for-tab-command
23764 C-j help-for-help
23765 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
23766 C-l ws-repeat-search
23767 C-n open-line
23768 C-p quoted-insert
23769 C-r scroll-down-line
23770 C-s backward-char
23771 C-t kill-word
23772 C-u keyboard-quit
23773 C-v overwrite-mode
23774 C-w scroll-down
23775 C-x next-line
23776 C-y kill-complete-line
23777 C-z scroll-up
23779 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
23780 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
23781 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
23782 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
23783 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
23784 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
23785 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
23786 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
23787 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
23788 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
23789 C-k b ws-begin-block
23790 C-k c ws-copy-block
23791 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
23792 C-k f find-file
23793 C-k h ws-show-markers
23794 C-k i ws-indent-block
23795 C-k k ws-end-block
23796 C-k p ws-print-block
23797 C-k q kill-emacs
23798 C-k r insert-file
23799 C-k s save-some-buffers
23800 C-k t ws-mark-word
23801 C-k u ws-exdent-block
23802 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
23803 C-k v ws-move-block
23804 C-k w ws-write-block
23805 C-k x kill-emacs
23806 C-k y ws-delete-block
23808 C-o c wordstar-center-line
23809 C-o b switch-to-buffer
23810 C-o j justify-current-line
23811 C-o k kill-buffer
23812 C-o l list-buffers
23813 C-o m auto-fill-mode
23814 C-o r set-fill-column
23815 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
23816 C-o wd delete-other-windows
23817 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
23818 C-o wo other-window
23819 C-o wv split-window-vertically
23821 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
23822 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
23823 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
23824 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
23825 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
23826 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
23827 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
23828 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
23829 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
23830 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
23831 C-q a ws-query-replace
23832 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
23833 C-q c end-of-buffer
23834 C-q d end-of-line
23835 C-q f ws-search
23836 C-q k ws-to-block-end
23837 C-q l ws-undo
23838 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
23839 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
23840 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
23841 C-q w ws-last-error
23842 C-q y ws-kill-eol
23843 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
23845 \(fn)" t nil)
23847 ;;;***
23848 \f
23849 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (15697
23850 ;;;;;; 38217))
23851 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
23853 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
23854 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
23855 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23856 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23859 (custom-add-to-group (quote xterm-mouse) (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote custom-variable))
23861 (custom-add-load (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote xt-mouse))
23863 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
23864 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
23865 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
23867 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
23869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23871 ;;;***
23872 \f
23873 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
23874 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15397 31808))
23875 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
23877 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
23878 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
23880 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
23882 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
23883 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
23885 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
23887 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
23888 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
23889 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
23891 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23893 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
23894 Zippy goes to the analyst.
23896 \(fn)" t nil)
23898 ;;;***
23899 \f
23900 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15634 63601))
23901 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
23903 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
23904 Zone out, completely.
23906 \(fn)" t nil)
23908 ;;;***
23909 \f
23910 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
23911 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15566 3941))
23912 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
23914 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
23915 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
23917 \(fn)" t nil)
23919 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
23920 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
23922 Zone-mode does two things:
23924 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
23925 when saving the file
23927 - fontification" t nil)
23929 ;;;***
23930 \f
23931 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "allout.el"
23932 ;;;;;; "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "byte-run.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
23933 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
23934 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
23935 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
23936 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
23937 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
23938 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-maint.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
23939 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
23940 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
23941 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
23942 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
23943 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
23944 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
23945 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
23946 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
23947 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el"
23948 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
23949 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
23950 ;;;;;; "calendar/parse-time.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
23951 ;;;;;; "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
23952 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el"
23953 ;;;;;; "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el"
23954 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
23955 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
23956 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
23957 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
23958 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/float.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el"
23959 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el"
23960 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el"
23961 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/testcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/testcover-unsafep.el"
23962 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
23963 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
23964 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
23965 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
23966 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
23967 ;;;;;; "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
23968 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
23969 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
23970 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
23971 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
23972 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
23973 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
23974 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
23975 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
23976 ;;;;;; "faces.el" "files.el" "filesets.el" "finder-inf.el" "float-sup.el"
23977 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
23978 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "gdb-ui.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
23979 ;;;;;; "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
23980 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
23981 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-draft.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
23982 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
23983 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el"
23984 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
23985 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
23986 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
23987 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
23988 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
23989 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
23990 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml.el"
23991 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
23992 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
23993 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
23994 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
23995 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el"
23996 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el"
23997 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
23998 ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el"
23999 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/iso-ascii.el"
24000 ;;;;;; "international/iso-insert.el" "international/iso-swed.el"
24001 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
24002 ;;;;;; "international/latin-1.el" "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el"
24003 ;;;;;; "international/latin-4.el" "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el"
24004 ;;;;;; "international/latin-9.el" "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
24005 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/swedish.el"
24006 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-tables.el" "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8-subst.el"
24007 ;;;;;; "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
24008 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
24009 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
24010 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
24011 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/korean.el"
24012 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el"
24013 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el"
24014 ;;;;;; "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el" "loadup.el"
24015 ;;;;;; "ls-lisp.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
24016 ;;;;;; "mail/mh-funcs.el" "mail/mh-mime.el" "mail/mh-pick.el" "mail/mh-seq.el"
24017 ;;;;;; "mail/mh-xemacs-compat.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
24018 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "map-ynp.el"
24019 ;;;;;; "menu-bar.el" "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el"
24020 ;;;;;; "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
24021 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
24022 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "obsolete/cplus-md.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
24023 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el"
24024 ;;;;;; "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el"
24025 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el"
24026 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-menu.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el"
24027 ;;;;;; "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
24028 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
24029 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el"
24030 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
24031 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
24032 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
24033 ;;;;;; "progmodes/mantemp.el" "regi.el" "register.el" "replace.el"
24034 ;;;;;; "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
24035 ;;;;;; "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el"
24036 ;;;;;; "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el" "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el"
24037 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el" "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el"
24038 ;;;;;; "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el"
24039 ;;;;;; "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el"
24040 ;;;;;; "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
24041 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
24042 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
24043 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
24044 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
24045 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
24046 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
24047 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
24048 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
24049 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
24050 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
24051 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "uniquify.el" "unused.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
24052 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
24053 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
24054 ;;;;;; "xml.el" "xscheme.el") (15835 14198 185824))
24056 ;;;***
24057 \f
24058 ;;; Local Variables:
24059 ;;; version-control: never
24060 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
24061 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
24062 ;;; End:
24063 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here